T&G Global Limited/Announcement
T&G Global Limited logo

2024 Full Year Results

Full Year Results2 March 2025TGGConsumer Staples

1
Growing

healthier

futures


Annual Report 2024

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendices

2

Introduction

T&G Global Annual Report 20242

While we are not financially where we need to be,

we have made great progress.

All of the components for our growth strategy are

now in place and in the coming years we will see

significant upside from that investment.

After two years of setbacks,

it is pleasing to see good

momentum in our business.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendices

3

Introduction

T&G Global Annual Report 20243

Strengthening

our world-class

integrated Apples

system

Acquiring Hinton’s

stone fruit business

in Central Otago

Licensing 125 hectares

of JOLI™ branded

apples to be grown

in Canterbury

Building strong

consumer demand for

our premium ENVY™

and JAZZ™ apple

brands

Commercialising

STELLAR™ apple trees

from the Hot Climate

Partnership

Expanding our

Queensland

blueberry farm

A people score

of 73% in our

employee survey

Setting validated

Science-based Targets

for scopes 1, 2 and 3

Notable achievements

this year include:

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendices

4

Introduction

T&G Global Annual Report 20244

About this report

Welcome to our 2024 Annual Report.

This report covers the financial year of 1 January 2024

to 31 December 2024 and includes T&G Global Limited

and our subsidiaries (together T&G).

Our Annual Report is structured to provide our

investors and wider stakeholders with an overview of

performance and progress with our business strategy

for the year.

As part of this, it also presents an overview of

our Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework and is

prepared with reference to the Global Reporting

Initiative (GRI) Standards.

T&G is a Climate Reporting Entity (CRE) under the

Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. This Annual

Report should be read in conjunction with our Climate-

related Disclosure for the financial year of 1 January

to 31 December 2024, which includes T&G and our

subsidiaries. It is available at https://tandg.global/

investors/reporting. The scope of the reporting entity

aligns with that used for T&G’s consolidated financial

statements. The disclosures in our Climate-related

Disclosure comply with the Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standards (NZ CS 1, NZ CS 2 and NZ CS 3) and

T&G has adopted the second-year transitional adoption

provisions under the standards.

In our reports we use some words in te reo Māori,

including Aotearoa (New Zealand’s Māori name);

iwi (tribe, extended kinship group); kaitiaki (a guardian,

caregiver, custodian); kaitiakitanga (guardianship,

stewardship, trustee); kura (school); mahi (to work,

accomplish, make); manaakitanga (showing respect

and care for others, kindness, hospitality, generosity);

pōwhiri (to welcome); and tamariki (children).

01.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

5

Contents

02.

01.

Introduction 02

About this report 04

Our year 06

At a glance 06

Chair and

CEO review 07

03.

Our strategy 10

About T&G 11

Our purpose,

vision and strategy 15

04.

Our performance 16

Apples 17

T&G Fresh 27

VentureFruit 32

Other business 38

05.

High-performance 39

06.

Kaitiakitanga 42

I

ntroduction 43

Our people 45

Our planet 48

Our produce 50

07.

Governance 52

Board of Directors 52

Executive team 53

Corporate

governance 54

Conduct of the Board 55

Statutory information 57

Independent auditor’s

report 61

08.

Financials 65

Financial statements 66

Notes to the financial

statements 73

Appendices 141

10.

Directory 147

Click on any of the text

headings to navigate

through this report.

09.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

6

Our year

T&G Global Annual Report 20246

OverallApplesT&G Fresh

$1.3b

Revenue

$12.7m

Operating profit/(loss)

READ Our Chair

and CEO review

on page

7

SEE how our Apples

business performed

on page

17

$859.1m

Revenue

$43.7m

Operating profit

SEE how our T&G Fresh

business performed

on page

27

$455.3m

Revenue

$3.6m

Operating profit

SEE how our VentureFruit


business performed

on page

32

$13.0m

Revenue

($4.3m)

Operating (loss)

2023: $1.3b2023: $819.9m2023: $484.3m2023: $9.0m

2023: ($45.6m)2023: $10.3m2023: $9.8m2023: ($14.7m)

At a glance

VentureFruit

02. Our year

T&G’s International Trading business is now part of its Apples, T&G Fresh and Other business segments.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

7

Our year

T&G Global Annual Report 20247

Chair and CEO reviewTēnā koutou

2024 was a year of continued recovery, following

the devastating effect of Cyclone Gabrielle. It is

pleasing to see the momentum returning in the

business, particularly in Apples where strong demand

and pricing have made a significant contribution to

our performance.

Apples showed both its strength and potential,

increasing both its revenue and pre-tax profit, despite

some challenges with fruit size in Hawke’s Bay due

to lingering impacts of the cyclone and wet spring

conditions. The team’s ability to match available crops

to the best returning markets, while improving sales

opportunities and achieving cost reductions, made

an important contribution to our total revenue of

$1.36 billion for the year ending 31 December 2024,

and our operating profit of $12.7 million, compared

to a loss of $45.6 million in the prior year. The Group

recorded a net loss after tax of $9.9 million, compared

to a loss of $46.6 million in 2023.

Revenue in our Apples business increased by 5% to

$859.1 million, and its operating profit was $43.7 million

compared to $10.3 million in 2023.

However, trading conditions were difficult for T&G

Fresh, with demand lagging supply and suppressing

prices. Its revenue, which included our Australian

business, was 6% lower at $455.3 million compared to

$484.3 million in the prior year, leading to an operating

profit of $3.6 million in 2024. VentureFruit increased its

revenue 44% to $13.0 million and reduced its operating

loss to $4.3 million, from its 2023 operating loss of

$14.7 million.

BENEDIKT MANGOLD

CHAIR

GARETH EDGECOMBE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

($6.8m)

Net loss before tax

2023: ($64.2m)

$12.7m

Operating profit/(loss)

2023: ($45.6m)

($9.9m)

Net loss after tax

2023: ($46.6m)

$1.3b

Revenue

2023: $1.3b

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

8

Our year

T&G Global Annual Report 20248

Chair and CEO review continued

A full discussion on the financial performance of

Apples, T&G Fresh and VentureFruit follows in separate

sections, which also discuss their strategic direction

and progress.

This enables us, as Chair and Chief Executive Officer,

to talk about where the business sits in terms of our

investment cycle, our goals for higher value creation

and the steps we are taking to build resilience into the

balance sheet.

We appreciate that shareholders have been patient and

supportive through the disruptions caused by COVID-19

and Cyclone Gabrielle. Over recent years, we have not

met our financial targets. This year has seen a definite

improvement in performance, but it has not been

sufficient to support a dividend. So, understandably,

shareholders want to understand future prospects.

We can certainly demonstrate progress. We have been

investing in the key pieces that will enable our growth,

while also dealing with the considerable impact of the

cyclone. We are now through this.

T&G is on the edge of realising the performance uplift

from the investment made as part of its Apples strategy.

Our long-term growth strategy is funded, with all the

components in place, and while we will keep refining

them, we are confident in our ability to deliver profitable

growth. This will see volumes, revenue and profitability

grow and that will, in time, be reflected in T&G’s share

price and distributions to shareholders.

Shareholders can also be reassured that we have built

resilience into the balance sheet. We are ensuring

financial rigour by being cautious with new capital

expenditure, reducing operating expenses and working

hard to deliver our plan and targets, to continually

improve profitability and reduce debt.

We are confident in our growth strategy. This year we

have demonstrated excellent progress in our end-to-

end Apples business, with strong demand and pricing

from our key global brands. A highlight has been the

continued build-out of our premium brands in key

markets which has helped drive the recovery of strong

returns to growers. This takes teamwork at every step

of our value chain – from growing right through to sales

and marketing.

Our premium ENVY™ branded apple programme is

based around high-quality fruit, 365-days a year, great

growers and a world-class integrated system. And

with the global premium apple market continuing to

grow, particularly in emerging Asian markets, we know

the levers to unlock that growth. It is about the right

markets, expanding our presence across channels

and customers, excellent in-store performance

and connecting with more consumers. Our team

understands this and is focused on consistently

executing it.

To maintain the resilience of our balance sheet and the

confidence of investors, we require a diversified income

stream. While Apples is undoubtedly the growth engine,

it is complemented by T&G Fresh and VentureFruit.

This year, T&G Fresh achieved operational efficiencies,

expanded its Queensland blueberry operations,

delivered strong Australian citrus exports and acquired

the Hinton’s summerfruit business in Central Otago.

Each of these achievements sets the business up for

the growth that has been difficult to achieve this year,

primarily because of poor consumer confidence. In

2024, ideal growing conditions meant excellent supply,

but the rising cost of living and economic uncertainty

meant consumer demand was low, forcing prices down.

Chair and CEO review continued

“T&G is on the edge

of realising the

performance uplift from

the investment made

as part of its Apples

strategy...This will see

volumes, revenue and

profitability grow and

that will, in time, be

reflected in T&G’s share

price and distributions

to shareholders.”

The Aotearoa New Zealand economy appears to be

recovering, with lower interest rates likely to improve

consumer sentiment for the year ahead. With a difficult

operating environment still likely, the T&G Fresh

business has focused on driving further cost efficiencies

across the business and identified new sources of

revenue to protect and improve profitability.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

9

Our year

T&G Global Annual Report 20249

Chair and CEO review continued

VentueFruit is benefitting from the positive market

demand for our premium apples, which are delivering

both royalty income from established orchards and

demand for new right-to-grow licenses. It has made

strong headway with licenses for our premium JOLI™

apple brand, which was released to the market last year,

with good grower interest in the United States, pilot

plantings in Europe, and sizeable commercial scale

plantings in Aotearoa New Zealand scheduled for 2025

and 2026.

Outlook

Shareholders can look to us to deliver a strong financial

performance consistent with our recent investments

in growing and supply chain efficiency. This will enable

us to materially reduce debt and establish a resilient

platform for future growth.

Our 2025 Aotearoa New Zealand apple harvest is

expected to return to a more normalised pattern, and

our focus is on excellent execution at every step of the

value chain.

In T&G Fresh, execution with excellence is again a

priority to ensure unnecessary handling is eliminated

and costs are controlled or recovered to strengthen

margins. This is important to maintain future grower

confidence and supply.

VentureFruit will continue to acquire and commercialise

premium new varieties, develop new market growth

opportunities, and continue to protect and defend our

intellectual property.

Another priority is market development and

supporting efforts to increase market access in

important economies, such as India and the Republic

of Korea. We are also contributing our knowledge

of plant genetics and consumer and grower needs

to discussions on advanced breeding technologies,

and we are exploring the role T&G will play.

As always, we thank our shareholders for their

continued loyalty. We also thank our people across the

business for their contribution to our results this year.

Ngā mihi

Chair and CEO review continued

1,819

3

Employees (permanent)

Team

143

73%

Total recordable injuries

A people score of

Injuries

27,221.83 tC0

2

e

1

Greenhouse gas emissions

2023:139

2

2023:72%

2023: 27,905.25 tCO

2

e

1. Total scope 1 (non-FLAG) and scope 2 (market-based) emissions

2. The 2023 total recordable injury figure was for Aotearoa New Zealand only,

whereas 2024 is for T&G’s global business

3. In 2024, T&G began reporting its workforce metrics as ‘permanent

employees’ instead of ‘full-time equivalents’. As a result, there is no

comparable figure for 2023.

BENEDIKIT MANGOLD

CHAIR

GARETH EDGECOMBE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Engagement

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

10

Our strategy

T&G Global Annual Report 202410

Guided by our purpose,

vision and mindsets, our

strategy determines how

we create value.

03. Our strategy

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

11

Our strategy

T&G Global Annual Report 202411

About T&G

Our home base is Aotearoa New Zealand, but we

are truly global, operating in 13 countries.

Our team of 1,800 people grow, market, sell and

distribute nutritious fresh produce to customers

and consumers in over 55 countries. We grow

apples, tomatoes, citrus, berries and stone fruit, and

we partner with over 700 independent growers in

Aotearoa New Zealand.

We have world-class apple brands – ENVY™, JAZZ™

and JOLI™, which are grown under license by specially

selected growers around the world, and we are part

With more than 125 years of

experience behind us, T&G is

helping to grow healthier futures

for people around the world.

of a team that brought the world its first climate-

resilient apples; TUTTI™ branded apples and STELLAR™

apple trees.

We continually look to the future, with VentureFruit, our

global plant variety management and commercialisation

business, working with researchers and growers to

bring new, high-value apple, pear and berry varieties

to consumers.

®

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

12

Our strategy

T&G Global Annual Report 202412

Global locations

UK & Europe

Revenue ($'000)$425,438

Employees (permanent)418

Offices (Group or Sales)3

Growing regions

Egypt

Morocco

South

Africa

Eastern Cape

Western Cape

Zambia

Growing regions

South KoreaBoeun

Hongcheon

Geochang

Yesan

Thailand

China

Revenue ($'000)$396,934

Employees (permanent)45

Offices (Group or Sales)5

Africa

Asia

United Kingdom,

Europe, Africa and Asia.

Growing regions

AustriaSteiermark

Tyrol

FranceAlps

Loire Valley

Occitanie

Provence

GermanyBodensee

Rheinland-Pfalz

ItalySouth Tyrol

Portugal

SpainCastilla y León

SwitzerlandRegion Vaud

Valais

UKCambridgeshire

Gloucestershire

Hampshire

Herefordshire

Kent

Suffolk

Sussex

Growing regions (Own and independent)Offices

KEY

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

13

Our strategy

T&G Global Annual Report 202413

Australia & Pacific Islands

Aotearoa New Zealand

Growing regions

New South

Wales

Coffs Harbour

Griffith

QueenslandWamuran

South

Australia

Adelaide

Loxton

Renmark

TasmaniaHuon Valley

Ouse

VictoriaKoo Wee Rup

Mildura

Narre Warren

Robinvale

Shepparton

Swan Hill

Warragul

West

Australia

Bullsbrook

Pacific

Islands

New Caledonia

Samoa

Tonga

Revenue ($'000)$98,654

Employees (permanent)205

Offices (Group or Sales)3

Growing regions

Central Otago

Gisborne

Hawke's Bay

Kerikeri

Nelson

Ōhaupō

Reporoa

Taipa

Tūākau

Revenue ($'000)$404,512

Employees (permanent)1,114

Offices (Group or Sales)11

Americas

Growing regions

Argentina

CanadaBritish Columbia

ChileAngol

Talca

Temuco

Ecuador

Guatemala

Revenue ($'000)$35,353

Employees (permanent)37

Offices (Group or Sales)4

Mexico

Panama

PeruIca

Piura

USACalifornia

New York State

Oregon

Washington State

Global locations

Australia, Aotearoa New Zealand,

the Pacific Islands and the

Americas.

Growing regions (Own and independent)Offices

KEY

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

14

Our strategy

T&G Global Annual Report 202414

Taipa

Tūākau

Ōhaupō

Reporoa

Tairāwhiti

Gisborne

Hawke’s Bay

Nelson

Auckland*

Kerikeri

Hamilton

New Plymouth

Tauranga

Christchurch

Wellington

Palmerston North

Central Otago

KEY

Sites

(*Global Hub, distribution centres)

Post-harvest and packing facilities

T&G facilities

Growing sites/regions

T&G apple, blueberry, tomato,

citrus and stone fruit regions,

and independent apple growers

Aotearoa New Zealand locations

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

15

Our strategy

T&G Global Annual Report 202415

Our purpose, vision and strategy

T&G’s vision is to be the world’s leading premium

fresh produce company, and our purpose is growing

healthier futures.

To achieve our vision and purpose, we have three

strategic priorities: grow great brands, win in key global

markets and lead Aotearoa’s fresh produce future.

Our strategy is unattainable without our people.

We invest and care for our people, ensuring they have

a strong sense of purpose built around our mindsets

and purpose. This is what enables our high-

performance culture.

Underpinning our strategy is our commitment to

Kaitiakitanga – treating the land, people, produce,

resources and community with the greatest of respect

and care, as guardians of their future.

■ Best genetics in apples

and berries

■ Unique varieties

and brands loved

by consumers

■ World-class in growing and

post-harvest, with global

partners maximising our

intellectual property

Grow great brands

■ Unlock markets selected

for premium and potential

■ Close to customers with

capability in-market

■ Most efficient end-to-end

supply chain

Win in key global

markets

■ Win in chosen categories

■ Offer the best channels

to market

■ Build long-term

relationships

Lead Aotearoa’s fresh

produce future

Our strategy

futures

healthier

Growing

The world’s leading

fresh produce company

premium

Our purposeOur vision

Figure 1: T&G’s strategy

Be boldDo the mahiOne teamTake good care

Kaitiakitanga guides everything we do

Our mindsets

High-performance culture

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

16

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202416

We deliver the three pillars

of our strategy through our

four business divisions.

04. Our performance

APPLEST&G FRESHVENTUREFRUITOTHER BUSINESS

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

17

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202417

Our Apples business is the engine

room of T&G, with a fully integrated

value chain, from growing and post-

harvest, right through to the sale and

marketing of apples worldwide.

a significant increase in profitability and revenue

in the same period.

Within our apples portfolio is a range of

commercial varieties, such as Royal Gala, Pacific

Queen™ and Pacific Rose™. Through year-on-year

improvements in sales and marketing, we aim to

grow volumes and revenue in this segment, and

outperform the market, recognising the valuable

role commercial varieties play in supporting the

best total orchard return for our growers.

This year, we integrated our end-to-end

Apples business, from orchards through to

markets, under Shane Kingston, Chief Operating

Officer Apples.

This year, our Apples business accounted for

63% of total T&G revenue.

Our premium apples portfolio consists of three

global brands; ENVY™, JAZZ™ and JOLI™. In 2024,

ENVY™ and JAZZ™ branded apples represented

96% of our total global sales of 12.7 million tray

carton equivalents (TCEs). JOLI™ branded apples,

launched in 2023, will be available for consumers

to purchase from 2027.

A world-class integrated system fuels the growth

of our Apples business. As detailed on pages

23 to 26, we expect global consumer demand

for our premium ENVY™ apple brand to grow to

over 15 million TCEs by 2030, which will deliver

Apples

$43.7m

Operating profit

$859.1m

Revenue

2023: $819.9m

2023: $10.3m

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

18

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202418

Apples continued

2024 performance review

The strength and resilience of our integrated Apples

business, and each of the components along its value

chain, was evident this year.

We entered 2024 with high expectations, having put

extensive effort into our post-cyclone recovery and

refining components of our Apples system. However,

as is the case when working with the climate, we

responded quickly to the challenges presented,

working hard to maximise value and deliver the best

possible results.

While the 2024 Hawke’s Bay crop was smaller in fruit

size due to the residual impact of Cyclone Gabrielle and

cold spring weather, it was high-quality, with excellent

storability. Industry-wide volumes for the region were

down by 12% and our own results reflected this trend.

In response, our team focused on targeting the

best returning markets and channels for the crop,

resulting in strong orchard returns for growers in

Aotearoa New Zealand. ENVY™ apple returns increased

$3.65 per carton compared to 2023, and JAZZ™

achieved an increase of $5.60 per carton, delivering

a total of $124 million to T&G growers in 2024. These

were the highest returns for a number of seasons.

In 2024, export volumes from Aotearoa New Zealand

were 3.49 million TCEs, a 14% decline on the year

prior, due, in part to the smaller sized fruit. In the United

States for the 2023/24 season, total volumes were up

11% to 4.95 million TCEs.

3

global brands

12.7m TCEs

of apples sold globally in 2024

55

Sold in over 55 countries

365-days

Available year-round

Over the last 16 years, ENVY™ branded apples have

grown to become one of the leading premium apple

brands in key global markets, including China, Taiwan,

Hong Kong, Viet Nam, Thailand and the United States.

To meet growing global consumer demand, we have

invested in a dual-hemisphere, multi-sourcing strategy,

which sees ENVY™ grown in over 13 countries, and

enjoyed by consumers in over 55 countries. ENVY™

branded apples are on track to be a billion-dollar brand

in the near future.

First exported from Aotearoa New Zealand in

2004, JAZZ™ branded apples are a Kiwi household

favourite and enjoyed by consumers in key

global markets. JAZZ™ apples have built a great

reputation for their distinctive tangy-sweet flavour

and refreshing taste profile. They’re grown in over

11 countries, across both hemispheres, and sold

in more than 50 countries.

JOLI™ joined our premium branded apples portfolio

in 2023, alongside ENVY™ and JAZZ™. JOLI™ apple’s

generous, share-worthy size and unique taste

characteristics are expected to expand our apple

consumption opportunities. They will be available

for consumers to purchase from 2027.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

19

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202419

Apples continued

Building strong consumer demand

In all key markets, demand for ENVY™ branded apples

in 2024 was strong, showing that our approach of

delivering consistently high-quality premium fruit,

365-days of the year, and building strong consumer

demand, is working. This saw us short of product in

some markets.

In the United States, while total category prices

softened by as much as 22%

1

as the total North

American crop grew from 105 million TCEs to

140 million

1

, ENVY™ held its value and outperformed

other varieties, with prices falling by just 1%. While

growers’ investments in additional plantings have

been constrained this year, confidence remains high

in ENVY™ branded apples as a consistent and proven

performer. This has flow on benefits for our wider

portfolio, with growers expressing a strong interest

in plantings of JOLI™ branded apples, our newest

premium apple.

In Asia, the positioning of ENVY™ as a premium every

day apple was supported with sales around major

festivals in China and Southeast Asia, including Lunar

New Year, Têt and Mid-Autumn Festival. Gift packs of

fruit are especially popular. Overall sales volumes in key

Asian markets increased by 63% during Mid-Autumn

Festival. ENVY™ is now the fastest growing apple brand

for our large Asian retail partners.

Our premium JAZZ™ branded apple has significant

growth potential in targeted markets.

1. JAZZ™ branded apple

sales volumes increased

29% in Japan.

2. Despite some smaller-

sized fruit in Hawke’s

Bay, the 2024 crop was

high-quality.

3. Major festivals support

sales of ENVY™ branded

apples as a premium

every day apple.

4. Commercial volumes of

our new premium JOLI™

apple brand will be sold

in 2027.

1.

2.

3.

4.

1. Source: Washington State Tree Fruit Association (WSTFA),

2024 vs. 2023 comparative data.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

20

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202420

In Australia, it is now among the top three apple brands,

with further in-market plantings designed to support

further growth.

The brand’s performance in Japan has gone from

strength-to-strength with a 29% increase in sales

volume this year. A targeted in-market sales and

marketing plan increased our market penetration,

encouraged repeat purchases by consumers and

maintained positive pricing.

In the United Kingdom, JAZZ™ branded apples are

fourth in the total apples category, and its volume

and pricing outperformed 2023.

This year, we took the time to understand the role

of our JAZZ™ branded apple and further develop its

long-term strategy. From this, we now have a stable

JAZZ™ programme for years to come. It is focused on

maximising returns by growing in or close-to-market.

This sees growers in Aotearoa New Zealand producing

for the domestic and Japan markets, with the brand

continuing to be licensed to growers in other markets

to meet wider consumer demand.

Our commercial varieties also performed well this

season. We achieved strong pricing due to our focus

on quality, partnering with the best customers, selling

and shipping early, and building more effective in-store

activations.

Leading quality, compliance

and supply chain

At every step in the process, consistent high-quality

standards are paramount.

In our Whakatu packhouse, we invested in infrared

artificial intelligence grading technology to minimise

internal browning and cosmetic and spoilt defects.

A new high-pressure washer cleaned the fruit and

helped remove pests, maximising volumes for our

key Asian markets that have strict phytosanitary

access requirements, including China, Taiwan and

Japan. As a result, volumes to these markets increased

by an additional 230,000 TCEs this year.

This attention to quality and compliance throughout

our value chain gives our customers and consumers

additional confidence in our products and brands,

helps maximise sales and reduces customer claims.

We had a 50% year-on-year reduction in the cost of

claims this season.

The first season of our arrangement with Kotahi,

Aotearoa New Zealand’s largest containerised and

refrigerated exporter, streamlined shipping and realised

cost savings and logistical efficiencies. It also helped

minimise the impact of a number of global issues,

including low water levels in the Panama Canal and

unrest in the Red Sea and Suez Canal.

Apples continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

21

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202421

Growing with our strategic growers

A network of strategic growers underpins the growth of

our ENVY™ and JOLI™ apple brands. Just like T&G has,

they too are investing significantly in modern future-fit

orchards, growing our premium branded varieties that

deliver premium returns.

With most of the ENVY™ plantings required to meet

2030 consumer demand already in the ground, we, with

the support of VentureFruit, are scaling the growth of

JOLI™ branded apples to ensure the fruit comes on at

the rate required as we build consumer demand. The

first commercial volumes of JOLI™ will be sold in 2027.

This year, T&G planted a further 24.2 hectares of JOLI™

branded apples in Hawke’s Bay, bringing our own-

grown volumes to 55 hectares. We have also licensed

FarmRight, the New Zealand Superannuation Fund’s

rural investment manager, to grow 125 hectares of

JOLI

TM

branded apples on their Canterbury orchard in

2025 and 2026. With JOLI

TM

thriving in different growing

environments, Canterbury’s temperature, reliable water

supply, soil types and suitable land makes it an ideal

new growing region for JOLI™ branded apples. The

addition of Canterbury to our Aotearoa New Zealand

growing and supply regions also supports our actions

to diversify our footprint as we work to build increased

climate resilience.

Apples continued

Outlook

We are now through the recovery phase in our

Apples business, with 2025 and beyond focused

on growth.

The work undertaken to establish and embed our

integrated Apples operating model, supported by the

capabilities we have built, puts us in a strong position

for increased growth in the year ahead, and we will

continue to scale this. Our focus is on excellence in

execution at every step of our Apples business.

The high-quality 2024/25 North American crop is

selling strongly domestically and in Asia. This positions

us well for the transition to the southern hemisphere

crop in March. In Aotearoa New Zealand, we expect

the crop to return to a more normalised pattern and

favourable spring weather has resulted in a plentiful

high-quality crop, which is on track for our forecast

of a total of 4.3 million TCEs across all varieties.

With absolute clarity on the markets with the most

opportunities to generate increased value, in 2025

we will expand our presence in existing markets

and look to establish a presence in a new market.

The outlook for our Apples business is strong.

All investments have been made and the focus

is now on delivering our clear growth plan.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

22

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202422

JAZZ™ records beaten

Driven by our strategy to get more consumers

buying more of our premium apples more often,

the team at Worldwide Fruit, our United Kingdom

subsidiary, has set new records for our JAZZ™

apple brand in the United Kingdom.

JAZZ™ branded apples hit record sales in May,

becoming the fourth most popular apple in the

United Kingdom. Then, over a 52-week period

ending 3 November 2024, JAZZ™ outperformed

the market with volume up 8% and spend up 11%,

compared to total market volumes being up 6.8%

and spending up 8.2%*.

In 2024, we sold a record 1.189 million TCEs of

JAZZ

TM

branded apples, with growth across all

consumer metrics.

Our ambition is for JAZZ™ branded apples to

consistently hold fourth place in the United

Kingdom, overtaking Granny Smith apples.

Worldwide Fruit has a plan to achieve this

through targeted marketing activity, increased

JAZZ

TM

presence on supermarket shelves and

impactful promotions.

Throughout 2024, key activations with national retailers

were supported by marketing and communications

in-store, online, through retailers’ high-circulation

magazines and via retailer loyalty cards.

CASE STUDY

Campaigns focused on raising consumer

awareness and sampling. This included presenting

at The Foodies Festival, the United Kingdom’s largest

food and beverage event. Across the six events,

444,000 apples were sampled, with some three

million consumers encouraged to attend through

geotargeted phone messaging.

Great Britain Olympian JAZZ™ ambassadors – the

aptly named long jump star Jasmin Sawyers and

former competitive swimmer Jazz Carlin – capitalised

on the Paris Summer Olympics to raise brand

awareness. These influencers had a combined

reach of 500,000, with sponsored posts reaching

1.9 million people.

JAZZ™ branded apples

were a hit at The Foodies

Festival in the United

Kingdom.

Delivering to

our strategy:

Apples continued

“JAZZ™ branded apples

hit record sales in May,

becoming the fourth

most popular apple in

the United Kingdom.”

Jasmin Sawyers also launched the United Kingdom’s

JAZZ™ apple brand season in November, visiting

British growers and raising consumer awareness

of new season fruit in-store. British growers are an

important part of the brand’s success, with growers

Chandler and Dunn collecting seven prizes at the

National Fruit Show for their JAZZ™ branded apples.

With our Worldwide Fruit team delivering a strong

sales plan at sustainable prices, our British growers

have the confidence to plant more fruit, enabling us

to build a strong growth plan.

* Kantar Worldpanel data

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

23

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202423

Our Apples growth strategy

Our Apples business is pivotal to achieving two pillars

of our strategy: grow great brands and win in key global

markets, and over the last six years we have invested

significantly to build an exceptional world-class Apples

business with a well-structured growth strategy.

It is an integrated end-to-end system – a different

model to many other participants in the apples

category. At its core are unique plant varieties, a closed

growing model, fit-for-future assets, great disciplines

and processes, strong capabilities, and a passionate

and committed team. This ensures consumers can

experience great tasting, premium branded apples,

every day of the year.

We have set our Apples business up for growth and

to generate long-term value for our shareholders and

growers. It is strong, resilient and flexible.

It has required patient investment. Building a world-

class business is not easy; it has required significant

upfront investment to ensure all components are

in place and operating with good maturity. With the

planting and each interconnected component of the

system now complete, the task ahead is to continue

building market demand over the coming years in line

with increasing apple volumes. We have set ourselves

a big target, but we are confident that we have the

focus, capabilities and resources in place to achieve

this through excellent execution. We understand the

A world-class system for growth

importance of this task. As we move into 2025 and

beyond, our focus is on delivery and performance.

While COVID-19 and Cyclone Gabrielle slowed progress

and impacted short-to-medium term financial reserves,

we are now largely through the recovery phase. In 2024,

we stabilised the business and in the year ahead, we

enter the growth phase.

At this point in our investment cycle, it is important that

we reflect on the world-class Apples system we have

built and its growth trajectory.

Apples continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

24

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202424

Superior apple varieties

It starts here; selecting unique and superior apple

varieties that consistently deliver for growers and

consumers. Strong orchard economics are critical,

as is understanding and addressing evolving

consumer preferences. Our premium global apple

brand portfolio of ENVY™, JAZZ™ and JOLI™ do this.

Identifying and meeting specific consumer needs

is a key driver of our varietal development, and the

diverse attributes of our premium apple brands

complement each other and cater to different

shopper needs. For growers, our premium varieties

have strong orcharding attributes. The fruit also

has the ability to be grown consistent with their

respective brands in a range of regions and climates.

Through our VentureFruit business, we operate a

closed licensed model. This ensures we maintain

control of the number of trees grown globally,

providing the optimal balance of fruit, of the same

quality, to meet consumer demand and deliver the

highest of returns.

Pathway to best orchards in the world

With apple trees having a commercial life span of

around 25 years and it taking five years to produce

commercial-size volumes, strategic long-term

planning is required. In 2018, we committed to

progressively redevelop our own orchards, all of

which are currently located in Hawke’s Bay, into

automation-ready, formal trellis horizontal growing

systems, planted with high-performing premium

varieties. It requires significant capital investment

to re-develop orchards. With 248 hectares of T&G

owned and leased orchards planted in ENVY™

branded apples, 63% of these are in formal trellis

growing systems, producing 90 to 120 tonnes of

fruit per hectare. This enables our adoption of

specialised equipment, such as semi-automated

picking platforms, autonomous sprayers and electric

mowers, and positions us to adopt future robotics.

At the same time, we have invested significantly in

our people, capabilities, systems and processes.

Continuous improvement methodology has

embedded a disciplined and consistent way of

working, supported by an empowered, driven and

highly capable orcharding team.

Partnering with the best growers

Alongside our own orcharding operations is an

extensive network of independent licensed growers,

producing our premium branded apples and

commercial varieties. Located in both hemispheres

and in over 11 countries, this network enables

consumers to buy our apples every day of the year.

It also diversifies our geographical spread, ensuring

the right varieties are grown in the right regions, with

proximity to markets, customers and consumers.

Currently, 31% of our apple supply is sourced from

Aotearoa New Zealand, 37% from the Americas,

23% from Europe and the United Kingdom, and

9% from other markets. With a stringent quality

growing system for our premium varieties, we

ensure consumers have a great consistent eating

experience every day.

Commercial varieties are an important part of our

Apples portfolio, with demand strong for the likes of

Royal Gala, Pacific Rose™ and Pacific Queen™. Our

sales team works with growers to target markets

that deliver the best returns for their crop, working

with agility to maximise pricing.

Apples continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

25

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202425

Leading-edge post-harvest

With consumer demand for ENVY™ branded apples

forecast to be over 15 million TCEs by 2030, an

$85 million highly-automated post-harvest facility

was commissioned in 2023 at our Whakatu site

in Hawke’s Bay. It has the scale and flexibility to

grow in line with increasing apple volumes, and lifts

productivity to 3,000 to 3,500 apples per minute

at the peak of the season. The quality of the fruit

is prioritised at every step, with high-tech sorting,

packing and grading equipment, utilising deep

learning technology to improve yield, optimise

packout and help ensure fruit meets global

market requirements.

Our Whakatu packhouse is supported by our

Nelson post-harvest facility, and a network of

certified independent facilities in all of our global

growing regions. They adhere to stringent global

quality packing and coolstore standards to maximise

the quality and storability of fruit.

Maximising value from the crop

To ensure we get the best possible outcome for the

crop, T&G operates a sales and operations planning

(S&OP) system. It matches supply and demand,

allocating apple sizes and grades to the optimal

market, at the right time, to deliver the best returns.

It is supported by a robust, flexible and scalable

logistics and ocean freight model. In 2023, we

engaged Kotahi, Aotearoa New Zealand’s largest

containerised and refrigerated exporter, to procure

all T&G ocean freight – enabling us to leverage and

benefit from their scale.

Building brands that deliver greater value

A sophisticated framework for growth ensures

we create demand for our premium apple brands

at the right time to match supply. It is focused on

increasing the number of households who purchase

our brands and growing the frequency of consumer

purchases, whilst delivering a price premium.

We do this by:

1. Developing markets

We are intentional in the markets and territories

we operate in, strategically analysing their growth

potential before entering and establishing a

presence. In doing this, we have moved from

working with distributors to establishing our own

in-market offices. Today, we have offices in Europe,

the United Kingdom, North America, Singapore,

China, Japan, Thailand and Viet Nam. We have

built highly-skilled sales, marketing, quality and

operations teams who help accelerate our growth by

responding quickly to insights and building trusted

and mutually-beneficial customer relationships to

drive consumer demand.

Apples continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

26

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202426

Apples continued

2. Increasing ranging

Ranging is the process a retailer uses to decide

which products appear on-shelf in their stores. We

evaluate each market to ensure we best understand

where fresh produce, including apples, are

purchased, by whom, and for what occasion or need.

This information enables us to actively increase

the ranging of our premium apple brands across

various channels and customers. This ensures we

have better quality distribution in each market, from

which programmes of growth can be built.

3. Every day great execution

With our brands in the right outlets across a market,

it is then vital we excel in in-store execution every

day. This requires 365-day availability and supply

of our premium apples, distinctive branding and

our apples being visible and prominent on-shelf.

The real benefit here is we build shopper trust and

confidence in our offering, and we can then engage

with consumers.

4. Connecting with more consumers

Once the prior three steps are in place, it enables

us to focus on connecting and engaging with our

targeted consumers and shoppers by providing

them with a great experience through branding,

sampling and merchandising. As we build global

brands, quality and consistency of the experience we

create is key to our ongoing growth.

The outcome is increased value

creation

This is the integrated world-class system

we have built in Apples, and with our

determination and culture, it will deliver

profitable and sustainable growth.

Our volumes will increase significantly by

2030, based largely on the maturity of the

plantings already in the ground globally.

This growth requires very limited capital

investment and it will drive an expected

significant increase in profitability and

revenue due to reducing marginal costs

of production.

In coming years, our Apples business

will deliver shareholders with steady and

sustainable long-term financial returns.

Superior product and distinctive branding

More shoppers and households

More purchases

Price premium

Enter and expand

in key markets

Increase ranging across

channels and customers

In-store execution

excellence every day

Connect and engage with

more consumers

Building brands that deliver greater value continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

27

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202427

T&G Fresh connects local

growers with customers and

consumers in Aotearoa New

Zealand, Australia, the Pacific

Islands and Asia. Collectively

it accounts for 33% of revenue.

Operating Aotearoa New Zealand’s biggest nationwide

market network, T&G Fresh connects growers to

buyers from supermarkets, fruit shops and foodservice

businesses – and ensures customers can access a full

basket of fresh produce. To supplement local supply,

T&G Fresh imports fresh produce from over 100

growers which is unable to be grown locally or to cover

seasonal gaps in local production. It also manages our

Australian and Pacific Islands operations.

In Aotearoa New Zealand, T&G Fresh is one of the

country’s most-established growers, producing

tomatoes, citrus, berries and stone fruit, and building

long-term relationships with over 600 local fresh

produce growers. Through Unearthed™, it grows,

packs and distributes high quality potatoes, onions

and carrots. T&G Fresh’s brands include Beekist™,

Classic™, Orchard Rd™ and Lotatoes™.

T&G Fresh

$3.6m

Operating profit

$455.3m

Revenue

2023: $484.3m

2023: $9.8m

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

28

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202428

Good progress but results below expectation

We achieved good progress this year, with operational

efficiencies, expansion of our Queensland blueberry

operations, strong Australian citrus exports and the

acquisition of the Hinton’s stone fruit business in

Central Otago.

However, financially, this year there were fewer

positives. It was a very difficult trading environment

and our results did not meet our expectations nor

reflect our team’s effort.

While growing conditions in Aotearoa New Zealand

supported production of high-quality crops, plentiful

supply was not matched by demand. Consumers felt the

pinch of a weaker economy with rising inflation, costs

and unemployment. In our main Auckland market, for

example, the volumes sold increased by some 11% but

average prices were down by the same percentage.

The business felt the same inflationary pressures with

little relief on energy and other costs, although fuel

prices stabilised slightly. With increasing costs, this year

we reviewed our commission and charging structures for

the first time in over 10 years to help protect our margins.

For growers, this meant a small change to how much

they pay for their product to be sold through our market

sites, and for customers, a standardised site handling

fee was introduced.

To protect margins, we also focused on operational

savings in addition to those achieved in the previous

year when we consolidated our Auckland market

operations into a single site. Savings this year included

right sizing our overheads, investing in cost-effective

new ways of working and improved cost recovery for

transport loads.

T&G Fresh continued

1. The Hinton’s business

acquisition brings

diversity to our growing

footprint, with cherries,

peaches, peacharines,

apricots, nectarines

and plums.

2. Favourable growing

conditions resulted in

our Auckland market

selling increased

volumes, however

average prices were

down.

1.

2.

Our tomato operations in Aotearoa New Zealand

were affected by whitefly and the pepino mosaic virus,

which reduced yields and product quality from some

glasshouses and increased costs. As with other fresh

produce, demand for tomatoes was affected by low

consumer confidence. While demand began firming

into the warmer months, it was insufficient to offset the

weaker half of the year.

With the tomato brown rugose fruit virus detected in

Australia, it was great to see industry-wide steps taken

to help keep Aotearoa New Zealand’s crop free of the

virus, with imposed import restrictions on tomatoes and

tomato seeds from Australia.

Our Australian operations, with their focus on citrus and

berries, had a stronger trading year, helped by positive

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

29

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202429

T&G Fresh continued

citrus exports. In their first year of operation under

T&G Fresh, they achieved significant improvements

in sales and returns. We are optimistic of future growth

in Australia.

Trading in Fiji and the Pacific Islands was positive as

economies improved on the back of recovering tourism

demand. Two additional distribution sites in Fiji are

supporting our growth in this market.

Growth potential in blueberries

Blueberries are an important growth category for

T&G Fresh.

The Queensland blueberry farm had its first full year

of commercial production in 2024. High temperatures

at the end of the 2023/24 summer affected the crop

with the farm unable to take full advantage of the

autumn sales period. Nonetheless, the fruit quality

overall was high and in one week in August we

packed and sold 11,500 kilograms of fruit under our

Orchard Rd™ brand.

We are confident that our pruning regime and the

management of fertiliser, irrigation, sun protection and

ventilation will put us in a strong position to hit targets

in 2025. The 17-hectare expansion in 2024 will see us

supply blueberries from over 36 hectares of tunnel

or net plantings, and once mature, it should produce

some 500 tonnes of berries.

Our Kerikeri blueberry farm produced its first

commercial crop of jumbo blueberries for the Aotearoa

New Zealand market under our Beekist™ brand. This

orchard is growing the same cultivar as our Queensland

3. It was a tough year for

tomatoes but we made

considerable progress

with integrated pest

management.

4. Our Kerikeri blueberry

farm produced its

first commercial crop

of premium jumbo

blueberries, marketed

under our Beekist™

brand.

3.

4.

operations. Licensed by VentureFruit, we are the

exclusive grower and marketer of these high-quality

blueberries, which attract a premium by being available

over the winter months.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

30

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202430

Outlook

As part of our plan to lift performance, we have identified

areas to improve across T&G Fresh.

Towards the end of 2024, we saw some firming of

consumer confidence as inflation and interest rates

reduced. While we do expect households to remain

cautious with their budgets, food generally takes priority

over other purchases. We are also confident that a great

deal of the effort put in this year will set us up for better

returns in 2025 and beyond.

We have locked in efficiency across the supply chain,

maintained tight control of costs and ensured appropriate

cost allocations across our operations. Our market

operations have weathered high volumes, low pricing and

high fixed costs; however, the review of commissions and

cost structures means our focus on margin control and

internal cost recovery will give us inherent strength in the

new season.

Savings of time, fuel and emissions will be delivered from

our investment in our new transport management system,

which is crucial to the logistics of moving crops around the

country to our markets and customers. The system went

live in December, so its full potential has yet to be realised.

On the growing side, we have also taken steps to increase

our resilience and give us more control over the volatility

experienced in recent years.

In our Australian berry operations, for example, we have

taken all the steps needed to ensure our plants are hitting

their production peak at the right time of the year. This locks

in our ability to generate more value and better returns.

In citrus, we are in a strong position to target the most

profitable sales windows by managing the harvesting

and storage of fruit.

We have come through a tough year in tomatoes, but we

have also made considerable progress with integrated

pest management. Through the industry programme,

A Lighter Touch, we are steadily shifting away from

managing pests and disease with agrichemicals in

favour of alternatives. Trials using beneficial insects to

manage whitefly indicate we can reduce the impact and

the costs to the business of this pest.

Our 2019 partnership with Ecogas is reaping cost and

emission reduction benefits, with pipelines for heat

and biomethane from Aotearoa New Zealand’s first

large-scale food waste to biogas facility at Reporoa.

The final CO

2

pipeline is scheduled to come on-stream

in early 2025, which will further reduce heating costs.

The installation of thermal screens at our 10.8-hectare

Geraghty glasshouses in Tūākau has also reduced costs

and emissions.

The acquisition of the Hinton’s stone fruit business will

also make a valuable contribution to our performance

next year, as it supports our strategy of building our

supply and growing our strength in key categories.

The reset work undertaken over the last 24 months has

positioned T&G Fresh as a more resilient business, and

this focus will continue in 2025 with further development

in digitalisation and continued efficiencies across the full

value chain to support our strong growth pathway.

T&G Fresh continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

31

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202431

Diversifying into stone fruit

The Hinton family orchard business has been

part of the Central Otago landscape in Aotearoa

New Zealand since 1910, when the first block of

land was bought and planted in summerfruit.

Five generations have been part of its development,

with their apricot harvest featuring in the first

episode of Country Calendar in March 1966.

The 150-hectare orchard in Alexandra is now part

of T&G Fresh, following this year’s purchase of the

Hinton’s stone fruit business and the leasing of

their stone fruit orchards and packhouse. While the

family remains involved in the transition for the first

few years, the day-to-day operation of the orchard

and packhouse now sits with T&G Fresh.

The arrangement brings immediate diversity to our

domestic and export fresh fruit portfolio, with the

orchard growing cherries, peaches, peacharines,

apricots, nectarines and plums. Last season’s total

production was well over 1,000 tonnes, but with

maturing young plantings and T&G immediately

planting an additional 14 hectares of peaches and

nectarines in winter 2024, that is set to increase

significantly over the next few years.

CASE STUDY

The Hinton orchard business is a long-established

exporter of cherries, supplying cherries to markets

in Taiwan, Viet Nam, Thailand and the Philippines.

The diversity the orchard brings is not solely

related to the crop. Having production in a range

of locations also enables us to mitigate weather-

related supply risks.

The Hinton’s business acquisition and lease

supports our strategy of building our supply and

growing strength in key categories. Together with

our existing supply partnerships in summerfruit, it

provides us with a very strong summerfruit portfolio,

allowing us to support our supply partners and meet

our customers’ summerfruit requirements.

“The Hinton’s business

acquisition and lease

supports our strategy

of building our supply

and growing strength

in key categories.”

The Hinton’s business supplies

cherries to markets in Taiwan,

Viet Nam, Thailand and the

Philippines.

Delivering to

our strategy:

T&G Fresh continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

32

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202432

In Aotearoa New Zealand, T&G Fresh is one of the

country’s most-established growers, producing

tomatoes, citrus, berries and stone fruit, and building

long-term relationships with over 600 local fresh

VentureFruit is T&G’s global

plant variety management

and commercialisation

business, bringing new,

high-value apple, pear and

berry varieties to consumers.

VentureFruit operates an agile commercialisation

model, spanning global exclusive vertical

brand licenses right through to industry tree

release models.

Established as a standalone operation in 2021,

VentureFruit is an agent for breeders and research

organisations, supporting them to bring their

innovative plant genetics to the world.

VentureFruit licenses plant varieties to growers

and sales and marketing organisations worldwide.

In parallel, it identifies new unique plant varieties

that align with T&G’s growth strategy and manages

the intellectual property within T&G.

VentureFruit

($4.3m)

Operating (loss)

$13.0m

Revenue

2023: $9.0m

2023: ($14.7m)

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

33

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202433

As a start-up, with three full years of operations under

its belt, VentureFruit is in the early stages of its growth.

While it launched in a difficult COVID-19 and economic

environment, VentureFruit has excelled due to its strong

networks, operational excellence and heritage. This

is reflective in it commercialising five apple varieties

over the last 18 months – putting it among the top

commercialisation entities for apples globally.

Solid progress in a challenging year

Solid progress has been made in research and

development and licensing, particularly with the

introduction of TUTTI™ branded apples, expanded

ENVY™ branded apple plantings, and commitments

for new plantings of our JOLI™ branded apple. We also

continued to identify strategic opportunities for future

development programmes and emerging market

opportunities with selected research partners.

However, as the financial results indicate, this progress

has been made in a challenging economic environment.

A combination of continued cyclone recovery in

Aotearoa New Zealand and a tough global financial

environment has temporarily constrained growers’

ability to invest in orchard development and the

licensing of varieties.

In the United States, declining apple returns across

most categories – except for our ENVY™ apple brand –

have limited growers’ ability to enter into new licence

agreements. Reduced crop volumes also influenced

revenue from licensed brands.

Towards the end of the year, we saw business

confidence starting to lift in key markets. VentureFruit’s

customers began re-visiting their innovation pipelines

and increasingly seeking premium varieties, with

VentureFruit continued

1. VentureFruit has

licensed the growing of

JOLI™ branded apples

to FarmRight, the rural

investment manager

for the New Zealand

Superannuation Fund.

2. Berries are a high-

growth category

with strong demand

expected in key global

markets.

3. Strong progress has

been made towards

the licensing of 1,200

global hectares of

TUTTI™ branded

apples by 2025. Photo

credit: IRTA.

1.

2.

3.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

34

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202434

heightened interest in sustained business through

investment in climate-tolerant and disease-resistant

plants. VentureFruit is very well positioned to

capitalise on this.

Turning opportunities into results

Despite a difficult environment, VentureFruit was able

to turn opportunities into results.

This included the October release of STELLAR™ apple

trees, the world’s first early season apple specifically

bred for hot and warming climates. The apple from the

Hot Climate Partnership is similar in size to Gala but

matures one to two weeks earlier, has increased yield,

and superior consumer attributes.

Rising temperatures in some growing regions is forcing

apples to mature too quickly, impacting colour, texture

and yields. STELLAR™ apple trees give growers an

option that naturally matures earlier in the season,

maintaining the apple’s quality and taste. It also

performs well in temperate climates.

Its launch follows that of TUTTI™ branded apples, the

Hot Climate Partnership’s first climate-resilient cultivar.

Since coming to market in 2023, there are currently

44 test growing sites across 14 countries. In addition,

there are 120 hectares of commercial plantings in

Europe – primarily in Spain – against a contracted

planned 300 hectares. In December, a license was

granted for 300 hectares in Latin America. This was

a further step towards achieving the business plan

target of 1,200 global hectares by 2025.

VentureFruit continued

In Aotearoa New Zealand, VentureFruit has

commercialised its first apple from a local breeding

programme it co-partners with. Under its varietal

name of ‘MAC12’, the commercialisation of this apple

from Plant IP Partners in Hawke’s Bay, will support the

Mt Erin Group re-establish their operations following

Cyclone Gabrielle. ‘MAC12’ was commercialised

through an asset sale model.

ENVY™ – grow and defend

To help meet increasing demand in the United States

for ENVY™ branded apples, this year VentureFruit

licensed a further 170 acres to growers in upstate

New York. This builds off the success of the initial

10-acre test plantings in the year prior.

Following the initial success in China of locally-planted

commercial ENVY™ volumes, VentureFruit is supplying

further trees under licence to Joy Wing Mau to expand

their plantings. Joy Wing Mau has also expressed

an interest in growing TUTTI™ branded apples and

negotiations are underway.

As reported last year, China is a significant strategic

market and growing a managed commercial volume

of premium ENVY™ branded apples in-market is

an important part of our domestic growth strategy.

As we grow the brand’s footprint, it is critical that we

vigorously protect and defend our intellectual property

for the benefit of breeders, growers, retailers and T&G.

VentureFruit has lodged a number of legal proceedings

relating to unauthorised plantings and propagation,

trademark infringements, and illegal domestic and

export sales.

JOLI™ good progress

Following its commercialisation last year, JOLI™

branded apples have attracted strong interest in the

United States. The strength of our premium ENVY™

branded apple in the United States has supported this,

with the brand maintaining good grower returns in a

market where prices for most varieties declined as

much as 22%

1

.

Being a complementary premium variety in terms of

consumer appeal and availability, JOLI™ branded apples

are attracting firm interest from growers who want to

protect the sustainability of future orchard returns.

They want to replace underperforming varieties with

higher-performing premium apple brands such as

ENVY™ and JOLI™, with the latter available for initial

plantings in 2026. We expect JOLI™ plantings in the

United States to grow to some 242 hectares by 2030.

We are also establishing three commercial pilot

orchards of JOLI™ branded apples in Europe in 2025,

across the most significant apple growing regions,

and establishing test blocks in North America.

In Aotearoa New Zealand, in December, VentureFruit

licensed the growing of 125 hectares of JOLI™ branded

apples to FarmRight, the New Zealand Superannuation

Fund’s rural investment manger. FarmRight will plant

the volumes on their Canterbury orchard in 2025 and

2026. This will be the first plantings on a commercial

scale of JOLI™ branded apples in the region.

1. Source: Washington State Tree Fruit Association (WSTFA),

2024 vs. 2023 comparative data.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

35

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202435

Berries

Within the last year, the global blueberry market has

seen significant pressure on supply and value due to

a surge in early season, low chill, southern high bush

genetics out of South America. This has seen a refocus

from growers and marketers to identify new berry

categories to diversify their offerings in late-season,

moderate to high chill varieties, which VentureFruit

excels in.

VentureFruit sees berries as an attractive, high-growth

category, with positive demand forecast in our key

global markets.

With a base of premium world-class genetics,

VentureFruit continues to build its portfolio. In the

United States, we have signed agreements with two

major producers that will underpin commercialisation

pathways for our blueberry varieties, with a further

partnership to be signed in 2025. In Europe, our

testing programme spans five countries and is running

smoothly, with more imports of plant material through

2025/26.

Test plantings have increased in Poland where there

is high demand for better moderate to high chill

genetics in blueberry cultivars.

In Asia, imports are underway with Korean and

Chinese partners.

With our berries’ category development now at the

end of its second year, we believe a refresh of our

global strategy is timely to capitalise on our strengths

and consider potential future investments and research

partnerships. This work will be completed in the first

half of 2025.

In the three years since

VentureFruit was launched:

7+7

Seven apple and seven berry

varieties have been commercialised

VentureFruit continued

3

Three dragon fruit canker-

resistant varieties developed

10

Established 10 partnerships with

breeders in nine countries

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

36

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202436

Outlook

In addition to refreshing its berries’ strategy, in

2025, VentureFruit will develop new market growth

opportunities, such as in India and China, and continue

to protect and defend our intellectual property.

We have plans to commercialise further apple varieties,

strengthen our North American breeding partnership

investment, and continue to seek acquisitions of

unique and superior genetics. Alongside heat-resistant

varieties, VentureFruit will double down on disease-

resistant varieties and evolving consumer attributes,

such as red-fleshed apples. VentureFruit will continue

to support T&G in the licensing of JOLI™ branded apples

in Aotearoa New Zealand, as well as establish pilot

orchards in Europe. We will also continue to build and

adopt improved processes that support repeatability

and sustainability within VentureFruit.

The advent of advanced breeding technologies,

such as gene editing, will provide a unique

opportunity for VentureFruit to retain and build its

market-leading edge and supercharge its business

offering into the future. By harnessing these new

technologies, varieties can be produced with

superior traits, such as better nutritional content,

enhanced disease resistance and improved yield, in

a faster and more efficient way. Advanced breeding

technologies can target precise changes without

introducing new genetic material – essentially

making the same types of changes to plants that

occur naturally. Our ambition is to keep ahead

of these new techniques and VentureFruit is

conducting due diligence globally to understand

what future role we will play.

VentureFruit continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

37

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202437

Pioneering climate-resilient

cultivars for a changing world

STELLAR™ apple trees are the second apple to be

commercialised from the Hot Climate Partnership,

and VentureFruit is commercialising the fruit at a

time of increasing need.

As temperatures increase around the world, apples

can mature too quickly, with the heat impacting the

colour, texture and yield. Innovations such as the

development of STELLAR™ apple trees are essential

to provide growers with options, specifically bred for

hot and warming climates.

STELLAR™ apple trees are a disruptor in the

early season apple category. The bright red fruit

is similarly sized to Gala apples, with the added

benefit of maturing one to two weeks earlier. The

apple trees also represent the flexible approach we

are taking to commercialise VentureFruit varieties.

Rather than only pay licenses for a branded product,

growers are being offered an open tree release

model. This enables all global growers to purchase

trees and brand the resulting fruit under their own

marketing name.

STELLAR™ apple trees address different grower

needs than TUTTI™, the first branded apple to be

commercialised from the Hot Climate Partnership,

such as its growing window, pricing and seasonal

availability. We are encouraging orchardists to

CASE STUDY

see it as a climate-resilient alternative to Gala. It is a

similar size but has the advantage of maturing earlier.

With the Gala being the number one planted apple, we

are targeting two million STELLAR™ apple trees sold

globally. Since launching in October, we have pre-sold

400,000 trees, which makes us confident that this goal

is feasible.

Both of our commercialised climate-tolerant varieties

are the result of more than two decades of natural

breeding and scientific development. Behind them is

an extensive pipeline of apple and pear varieties in their

final years of evaluation and testing, with two candidates

hopefully progressing to commercialisation in 2025.

The Hot Climate Partnership is a collaboration

between the Catalan Institute of Agrifood Research

and Technology (IRTA), New Zealand’s Plant & Food

Research, the Catalonian fruit producer association,

Fruit Futur, and VentureFruit, who are responsible for

the commercialisation and licensing of new varieties

from the Partnership.

Fruit from a STELLAR™

apple tree.

Photo credit: IRTA

Delivering to

our strategy:

VentureFruit continued

“Since launching in

October, we have

pre-sold 400,000

trees, which makes us

confident that this goal

is feasible.”

T&G Global Annual Report 2024
Our strategyOur yearHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroduction

38

Our performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202438

Other business contains

our property and overhead

expenses not allocated to the

Company’s business divisions.

internationally traded produce, such as grapes,

have become less significant by value relative

to Apples. Following the sale of our Peruvian

grape farm in early 2023 and the wind down of

T&G CarSol Fruit Export in the same year, our

International Trading business had become a lot

smaller. Accordingly, this year we re-allocated the

International Trading business into other business

divisions. The performance of our South American

trading business and our Asian kiwifruit trading

business is captured in Other business.

This includes our Cyclone Gabrielle insurance

claim, the provision of Group shared services,

and two areas previously part of our International

Trading business – our South American trading

business and our Asian kiwifruit trading business.

Throughout 2024, there was a continued focus

on cost reduction, removing duplication and

improving efficiencies across all Group shared

services. We also made good progress with our

insurance claim, and it is now close to finalisation.

With the Company’s strategic emphasis on

Apples and its planned growth trajectory, other

Other

business

($30.3m)

Operating (loss)

$33.5m

Revenue

2023: $21.1m

2023: ($51.0m)

T&G Global Annual Report 202439
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionHigh-performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202439

Our people and their talent

are essential to delivering our

strategy. To enable them to

perform at their best, we have

made the disciplines of high-

performance the foundation

of our culture. This balances

performance accountability

with ensuring our people are

invested in, cared for, and have

a strong sense of purpose.

05. High-performance

Our people, our future

T&G Global Annual Report 202440
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionHigh-performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202440

Employee survey

Our employee survey helps us regularly track our

performance against cultural expectations. The survey

covers business processes, leadership, organisational

culture, learning, performance development, strategy,

people experience and psychological wellbeing. Our

survey scores are a valuable indicator of engagement

and results show we are performing well, particularly

compared against survey benchmarks.

Our overall result for 2024, across all questions,

was 72% compared to 71% in 2023 and a benchmark

average of 68%. The survey has a subset of 25

questions, which contribute to a people score (similar

to an engagement score). Our 2024 people score was

73% compared with a 2023 result of 72%. The 2024

benchmark average is 69%.

This year, our participation rate was 73.2% compared

to 77.4% in 2023 and we had 921 respondents (998

in 2023). The benchmark average participation rate

is 69%.

These are good results in a year where we have had

structural changes, grouped our Apples operations into

one end-to-end business unit, and our teams have faced

challenging market conditions.

Developing our people

Building and enhancing our team’s skills and

capabilities helps them be their best, fosters a more

engaged and motivated workplace, and enables our

collective performance.

High-performance continued

A key development focus for 2024 has been identifying

on-the-job development opportunities for our people.

70% of learning/development at T&G is typically the

result of real-work experiences, facilitated through

activities such as projects, stretch assignments and

job enrichment.

This year, we rolled out annual development

planning for employees. It encourages people to

identify their career goals, strengths and development

focus areas, and the actions they will take to achieve

these. Development plans are discussed and refined

with managers and implemented over the following

12 months.

In 2024, we launched LEARN – a new learning

management system – to better meet the evolving

learning needs of our people and enable them to

acquire new skills through a wide range of online

resources and training programmes.

For our senior leaders, we also developed our own

T&G leadership competencies. Leaders self-assess

themselves against eight competencies, and the

behavioural characteristics that demonstrate each

competency. Self-assessments are discussed with

managers and inform the individual’s development plan.

Specialist sales training

Our specialist sales capability training programme,

developed and delivered internally for our Apples

business this year, is an excellent example of T&G

ensuring we have the right people, with the best skills,

in the right place.

This programme supports our in-market strategy to

establish new levels of strategic partnerships with

key customers across our global markets and drive

consumer demand for our brands, especially in Asia.

The end-goal is to drive higher volumes and returns by

utilising market segmentation, compelling activations

and robust pricing, encouraging consumers to buy more

of our premium branded apples, more often. Increasing

per capita consumption provides a stable and more

sustainable revenue stream than seasonal promotions

and enhances our opportunities to capture more value

for every branded apple harvested.

The programme has already delivered an appreciable

lift in the way our sales teams engage with our key

customers and they’ve been able to identify and seize

opportunities to secure category partnerships crucial

to our growth goals.

Lifting engagement and collaboration

This year, T&G Fresh focused on enhancing customer

engagement by introducing a targeted, data-driven

approach for their sales specialists. A two-day workshop

for the domestic sales team highlighted the importance

of alignment across sales, procurement and logistics

on the business’ operating results, and the subsequent

need for transparency and shared responsibility.

Additionally, T&G Fresh further integrated its market

sites to move from independent businesses to a

national network of branches, providing a channel that

supports national key account strategies and direct

channel sales. Continuous improvement remains a

cornerstone of our culture, driving performance and

innovation across T&G Fresh.

T&G Global Annual Report 202441
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionHigh-performance

T&G Global Annual Report 202441

Fostering our talent

In February, 13 employees graduated from our 2023/24

Ka Awatea programme in Hawke’s Bay – the third

cohort to complete this programme.

Ka Awatea is a key part of our Manaakitanga inclusion

and diversity (I&D) strategy. It is for our Māori and

Pasifika leaders and future leaders, providing the

opportunity to build leadership skills and connect

with their cultural heritage, to find their unique

leadership style.

Our CORE Talent programme, which in 2024 replaced

our SEED programme, is funded by the Ministry of

Social Development (MSD). MSD refers participants

who need additional support to transition into

employment and T&G provides these participants with

the opportunity to gain valuable horticultural work

experience and earn external qualifications by working

on our orchards. We offer comprehensive pastoral care

to participants and support them to achieve sustainable,

permanent employment.

In 2024, we introduced the Pathways pilot programme,

funded by MSD through New Zealand Apples & Pears

Inc., to support employees transitioning from seasonal

or casual employment into permanent roles. The

programme provided one-on-one pastoral care to help

participants successfully navigate this transition. We

had five participants this year, a mix of orchard-based

and packhouse team members, who benefited from the

wrap-around support in this programme.

High-performance continued

The team has an excellent role model in Grace

Fulford, Quality and Compliance Manager in our

Apples business, who was awarded the Hawke’s

Bay Young Fruit Grower of the Year title, followed

by the New Zealand Young Fruit Grower of the Year

and the New Zealand Young Grower of the Year at

the 2024 national competition. We are very proud of

Grace’s achievements.

Two of our 2023/24

Ka Awatea graduates,

Rose Obrien (L) and

Layton Beckham (R).

T&G Global Annual Report 202442
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202442

Kaitiakitanga describes the

Māori world view which

recognises that people, land

and nature are interlinked and

that those who live on and use

the land have an obligation to

be its guardians, preserving its

benefits for future generations.

06. Kaitiakitanga

The framework for sustainable value

T&G Global Annual Report 202443
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202443

Our Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework (see

Figure 2) has three pillars: our people, our planet and

our produce, each essential to our purpose of growing

healthier futures.

For our people, we aim to create a safe, healthy and

inclusive environment. Our planet pillar recognises our

dependence on the natural environment and our role

as kaitiaki, or guardians of it. Our produce pillar focuses

on our sustainable produce value chain, which provides

nutrition to our consumers while enhancing livelihoods.

Kaitiakitanga continued

T&G supports the United Nations Sustainability

Development Goals (SDGs), which are 17 global

goals covering environmental, social and economic

development issues. The SDGs are the blueprint to

achieving a better and more sustainable future for

all. T&G’s Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework will

contribute to seven of the goals.

FOCUS AREAGOALS

Our people

Protect and grow■ Our leaders visibly show their commitment to health and safety through

their actions and are continually looking for opportunities to improve

■ Workers and their representatives are involved in decisions impacting on

their health and safety

■ We have effective processes to protect our workers from short-term and

long-term harm

Inclusion and diversity■ Accept, respect and celebrate our similarities and differences

Our planet

Climate action■ Thrive in a changing climate while reducing emissions across our value

chain

Low impact operations■ Protect and enhance our natural resources

■ Reduce waste

Our produce

Responsible partnerships■ Ethical and mutually beneficial partnerships through our global value chain

Healthy communities■ Help reduce food insecurity

T&G's Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework

Figure 2: T&G’s Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework

T&G Global Annual Report 202444
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202444

Governance and management

T&G’s Board has overarching responsibility for

sustainability. It is assisted by three Board Committees,

the Sustainability Committee (SC), the Human

Resources Committee (HRC) and the Finance,

Risk and Investment Committee (FRIC), who make

recommendations to the Board.

The SC oversees our Kaitiakitanga sustainability

framework, including the strategy, targets and

initiatives, as well as monitoring performance.

The HRC oversees and monitors the people and

culture framework, including health, safety and

wellbeing, and inclusion and diversity.

The FRIC oversees sustainability-related risks

and opportunities, and approves annual corporate

disclosures, including the Annual Report and

Climate-related Disclosure. In 2025, responsibility

for overseeing sustainability-related risks and

opportunities will shift to the SC.

The Executive team is responsible for developing

and implementing our Kaitiakitanga sustainability

framework. The Head of Corporate Affairs leads the

sustainability team, who partner with the business to

support them in developing, owning and implementing

the strategy and activities.

In 2024, an Our Planet Steering Committee was

established to support the Executive team in governing

the development and implementation of this pillar.

It comprises the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial

Officer, Chief Operating Officer Apples, Managing

Director T&G Fresh, Head of Corporate Affairs and

General Manager VentureFruit, and meets at least

four times a year.

The Committee is responsible for overseeing the

development and implementation of the Company’s

climate action and low-impact operations strategies,

targets and initiatives, and monitoring performance.

In addition, it discusses risk appetite on related areas,

identifies areas of alignment and opportunity across

the business, and makes recommendations to the SC.

T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure, available at

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/, has further

information on the role of these Committees from a

climate perspective.

Kaitiakitanga continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202445
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202445

Our people

Protect and grow

Better systems, better protection

We are committed to doing all we can to ensure our

people go home safe, every day. For us, the ideal safety

culture is one where everyone knows how to look after

themselves in their job, looks out for those around

them, and feels confident raising concerns and being

heard. Achieving this goal requires a different way

of working, and we are well advanced in embedding

this approach.

2024 is the final year that we will use the Total

Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) metric as

an indicator of our safety performance. The TRIFR for

2024 was 7.4 (against a target of 7.2), a 7.5% reduction

on the previous year of 8. This means that we had

7.4 recordable employee injuries for every 200,000

hours worked.

The decision to drop this approach was informed by

work done by The Institute of Directors, WorkSafe and

the Business Leaders Health and Safety Forum.

The Institute of Directors’ health and safety good

governance guide, endorsed by WorkSafe, noted that

TRIFR is no longer considered relevant because it

is not a reliable indicator of safety performance and

has many limitations, including being misleading.

Low TRIFR can lead to a false sense of security,

and research has shown no discernible association

between TRIFR and fatalities.

We have other existing indicators of our safety

performance that we will continue, including our

employee survey health and safety score and recording

the number of annual CARE conversations, but we will

predominantly replace TRIFR by expanding our critical

risk management approach. In that sense, we are

shifting away from an absence of injuries and moving

towards a presence of safeguards to measure success.

Managing critical risk

We began shifting to a critical risk management

approach in 2023, defining our critical risk areas and

developing the standards for managing and reviewing

these risks.

This approach aligns with best practice, focusing on

work-specific health and safety processes that account

for the complexity and variability of workplaces.

In 2024, we developed a comprehensive framework

for critical risk assurance. The framework includes

three levels: site-based critical risk control reviews,

internal assurance by the health and safety team, and

governance-level deep dives. Throughout the year, we

refined our approach and completed the first deep dive

in December. As we move into 2025, these assurance

activities will continue to expand and become more

deeply integrated into our business operations.

This approach enables our Executive and leadership

teams, and Board, to identify and focus on areas

that genuinely contribute to safer outcomes, such

as providing enough resources, designing work

well, training people, and testing key health and

safety controls.

Our critical risk areas include motor vehicles, mobile

plants, working at heights, working in confined spaces,

fixed machinery – such as machines found in packing

sheds, hazardous substances, excavation, hot work

and falling objects.

Kaitiakitanga continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202446
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202446

2.

Recordable injuries

In 2024, we completed the rollout of our incident

reporting system, Haumaru, across our global

operations. This is a significant milestone, providing

T&G with comprehensive health and safety data across

all sites for the first time. Across our entire business,

Total Recordable Injuries (TRI) were 143 in 2024.

This compares to a TRI of 139 in 2023 for our Aotearoa

New Zealand operations only.

Enhanced Hawke’s Bay RSE healthcare

We are proud of a nine-week satellite health clinic pilot

that ran out of our Whakatu packhouse in Hawke’s Bay

this year, to provide easier access of care for some

4,000 Recognised Seasonal Employer (RSE) workers

employed in the region – including 800 of our T&G

RSE team.

We partnered with Hastings Health Centre and Orbit

Health, setting the clinic up in our wellness room.

Hasting Health Centre provided staffing with advanced

care paramedics and registered nurses. The clinic was

open to all RSE workers across Hawke’s Bay, with over

660 people seen during the pilot.

For our RSE team, having the clinic on-site and staffed

by familiar medical practitioners who understood the

demands of harvesting apples encouraged them to

be more proactive about their health. They were seen

quickly, pre-packaged medicine provided as required,

and services such as x-rays and blood tests seamlessly

arranged. People could then return to work, go home to

recover, or be referred to a medical centre or hospital

if needed.

Kaitiakitanga continued

1. The satellite health

clinic pilot at our

Whakatu packhouse

helped provide easier

access of care to over

660 RSE workers.

2. At our Global Hub

and across T&G, we

celebrated Pink Shirt

Day and taking a stand

against bullying.

3. Automated picking

platforms in our apple

orchards help provide

a safe and productive

workplace.

1.

3.

T&G Global Annual Report 202447
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202447

RSE teams pōwhiri welcome

We strive to be an inclusive and diverse organisation

where everyone feels a genuine sense of belonging and

inclusion. Our pōwhiri for our Hawke’s Bay RSE team is

one way of bringing this to life.

At the start of the season, we show our respect and

appreciation through a pōwhiri at a local marae,

welcoming a large number of our RSE team members

to Aotearoa New Zealand and connecting them with

local iwi.

The event is valued by both RSE teams and iwi alike,

fostering connections as many of our RSE team

members return over subsequent seasons. This year’s

pōwhiri, held in March at Matahiwi Marae and hosted by

Ngāti Kahungunu, saw over 300 team members from

Papua New Guinea, Samoa, Vanuatu and the Solomon

Islands warmly welcomed.

First Foundation scholars

Leadership and talent acquisition are two pillars of our

Manaakitanga strategy. Our support for First Foundation

students relates directly to these pillars. For 25 years,

the Foundation has enabled talented, but financially

disadvantaged, secondary students to achieve their

potential through tertiary education.

This year we awarded our fourth scholarship; assisting

a student through their final year at secondary school

and guiding them through the transition to university.

Students receive mentoring throughout their education

and opportunities to network. They are also offered

work experience through their scholarship providers

like T&G, in addition to us paying their tuition fees during

their studies.

Kaitiakitanga continued

For the Hawke’s Bay community, the clinic helped

ease the pressure on the region’s medical and urgent

care facilities.

The pilot proved so successful that it will be repeated

in the 2024/25 season.

In a related health initiative, we ran a smokefree

education programme with our Hawke’s Bay RSE team,

with 32 of our 71 team members in the country at the

time, signing up to become smokefree. This programme

was provided in partnership with Health New Zealand,

Hawke’s Bay (Te Whatu Ora Te Matau a Māui, Hawke’s

Bay) and Te Taiwhenua o Heretaunga.

Inclusion and diversity

Manaakitanga progress

As part of our Manaakitanga I&D strategy, 2024 was

the first complete calendar year that our Aotearoa

New Zealand I&D committee was operational, with

representatives from various sites reflecting the diverse

makeup of our workforce. The committee is responsible

for spearheading annual I&D events within the business.

This year, we celebrated several key initiatives, including

Pink Shirt Day, Sweat with Pride, Mental Health

Awareness Week and Te Wiki o te Reo Māori, with an

eLearning module rolled out to all employees to support

them with their te Reo knowledge and proficiency.

We also piloted a free period product trial at four of our

operational sites in Aotearoa New Zealand. The trial is

ongoing, but initial feedback and uptake are promising,

and we hope to extend this offering to all domestic

T&G sites next year.

We welcomed RSE team members from

Papua New Guinea, Samoa, Vanuatu and

the Solomon Islands with a pōwhiri at

Matahiwi Marae.

T&G Global Annual Report 202448
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202448

Our planet

Climate action

As a business reliant on the natural environment,

we know that climate change presents significant

challenges and opportunities. We have been

committed to climate action for many years,

reflecting this dedication through our mitigation

and adaptation efforts.

Reducing emissions

This year, we made steady progress in decarbonising

our operations, guided by our near-term Science-based

Targets (SBTs) for scopes 1, 2 and 3. These targets were

independently validated by the Science-based Targets

initiative (SBTi) in 2024.

Our scope 1 (not related to Forest, Land and

Agriculture – FLAG) and scope 2 (market-based)

emissions decreased 2% from 27,905.25 tCO

2

e

in 2023 to 27,221.83 tCO

2

e in 2024, and likewise

decreased 16% from our 2021 base year of 32,520.74

tCO

2

e. Achievements included replacing natural gas

with renewable heat and biomethane at our Reporoa

tomato glasshouses and completing the installation of

thermal screens at our Geraghty glasshouses in Tūākau,

reducing natural gas emissions across these two sites

by 12% from 2023. The continued addition of more

fuel-efficient trucks in our fleet, coupled with logistics

efficiencies through our new transport management

system which came online near the end of 2024 also

helped reduce transport emissions by 3% from 2023.

We require a further ~5,267 tCO

2

e of abatement initiatives

to deliver our 2030 scope 1 (non-FLAG) and 2 emissions

reduction target. Work is progressing on identifying

commercially available technology solutions. Further data

and details of our emissions reduction projects can be

found in our 2024 Climate-related Disclosure, available at

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting.

Work to capture and measure scope 3 emissions

across our complex value chain continues and this will

be assured and reported for the first time in our 2025

Climate-related Disclosure.

This year, T&G’s United Kingdom subsidiary, Worldwide

Fruit, developed an emissions reduction roadmap with

Kaitiakitanga continued

20 of its suppliers. It also published its aggregated

avocado, apple, pear and stone fruit product carbon

footprint reports. This growing primary data set

supports our scope 3 emissions reductions.

Adapting to climate change

Within our business strategy, we have identified five

priorities that guide our transition planning towards

a low-emissions, climate-resilient future. They

are: diversification, improving climate resilience,

decarbonisation, capability building and capital

allocation. These priorities are discussed fully in our

2024 Climate-related Disclosure, available at https://

tandg.global/investors/reporting.

Adapting to climate change has led to significant

progress in expanding our portfolio of licensed plant

varieties, including those with climate-resilient

qualities. As the global commercialisation partner

of the Hot Climate Partnership, VentureFruit has

launched the world’s first two apple varieties which

have been specifically bred for hot and warming

climates: TUTTI™ branded apples in February 2023,

and STELLAR™ apple trees in October 2024.

Additionally, we continue to diversify the growing

locations of our premium apples portfolio. This

year’s agreement with FarmRight, the New Zealand

Superannuation Fund’s rural investment manager, to

license them to grow 125 hectares of JOLI™ branded

apples on their Canterbury orchard, will be the first

commercial plantings of JOLI™ – and a T&G variety – in

Canterbury. With the apple thriving in different growing

and climatic environments, Canterbury’s temperature,

reliable water supply, soil types and land, makes it a

great new region in Aotearoa New Zealand for JOLI

TM


branded apples.

T&G Global Annual Report 202449
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202449

Low impact operations

The responsible use of resources underpins our low

impact operations focus area. This year, we made

progress by developing a new framework to guide

activities over the next few years. Our immediate

priorities for 2025 are water, packaging, and edible

food waste diversion.

Water stewardship

This year, Worldwide Fruit engaged with its growers

in high-risk countries such as Peru, Chile and Argentina

about their water stewardship framework. This

framework considers the environmental and social

impacts of water use in crop production, especially

given growing water scarcity concerns. Worldwide Fruit

is also developing a risk management framework to

provide the supply chain across their high-risk sourcing

regions with enhanced due diligence where required.

Fruit labels

Price look-up (PLU) labels play an important role

in the fresh produce sector, helping identify the

origins of fruit, the brand or variety, and supporting

the checkout operator with the price. With certified

home compostable PLU labels being developed and

becoming available, we will explore the best solution

for T&G as we work towards meeting our customer

and market requirements. This includes the New

Zealand Government’s requirement for all produce

sold in Aotearoa New Zealand to have a certified home

compostable label by 1 July 2028.

Crop protection solutions

In our growing operations, we continue to focus on

sustainable pest and disease control, transitioning

from chemical-based solutions to effective biological

controls. T&G Fresh is part of A Lighter Touch, an

industry and New Zealand Government seven-year

programme, which aims to meet consumer demands

for safe, sustainably produced food, while also being

gentle on the environment. As part of this, this year

our Ōhaupō tomato glasshouses achieved their first

full crop cycle without the need of insecticides against

whitefly, reducing total insecticide use significantly.

We successfully bred and deployed two beneficial

insects

Engytatus and Encarsia, in addition to other

controls including sticky traps. This success makes

us confident in expanding this integrated pest

management approach across all of our covered

crop operations from 2025 onwards.

Regenerative horticulture

In 2024, together with Zespri, we decided to not

proceed further with the Sustainable Food and Fibre

(SFF) Futures Partnership Grant, which explored

regenerative horticulture practices within the kiwifruit,

apple and berry industries. For T&G, our decision was

influenced by the impact of Cyclone Gabrielle. Instead,

we will further explore the insights and learnings

captured to-date in the SFF Futures project as part

of our broader orcharding strategy.

Kaitiakitanga continued

Our Ōhaupō tomato glasshouses

completed a full crop cycle without

using insecticides for whitefly control.

T&G Global Annual Report 202450
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202450

Our produce

Responsible partnerships

Working with growers

Our growers are fundamental to our purpose of growing

healthier futures. Many of our relationships span

decades and we work together to create value for the

produce they grow.

Just as T&G is experiencing the impacts of a changing

climate, it’s likely many of our growers are as well. As

we build our own capability to understand and manage

likely future risks, we are sharing this with our growers,

because it is in everyone’s interest that we collectively

strengthen our resilience.

This year, we ran grower sessions with the National

Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research (NIWA),

to share insights with our independent growers in

Aotearoa New Zealand into climate risks and adaptation

strategies, including our own. We shared our high-level

growing and post-harvest adaptation plans and look

forward to extending this knowledge-sharing to include

decarbonisation strategies going forward.

Human rights

We recognise that worker exploitation and modern

slavery exists in the world. It can take many forms,

ranging from breaches of minimum employment

standards to more controlling and coercive behaviour.

While we are confident that the risk in our own

operations is very low, it is a complex issue.

To support our actions in protecting workers and

combatting modern slavery, in 2025 we will finalise

the development of our Human Rights Policy.

This year, Worldwide Fruit published its Supplier Code

of Conduct that identifies the commitments expected

from their supply chain, along with a modern slavery

statement. Ethical training was also conducted across

its entire business. When procuring fresh produce,

Worldwide Fruit’s due diligence process includes

consideration of any inherent and supplier risks prior

to supply. Programmes are in place to ensure effective

employee feedback, grievance mechanisms and

remediation are present.

Healthy communities

With affordable nutrition an increasing problem

for many families, we recognise the importance of

contributing to programmes which support people

to access and enjoy fresh fruit and vegetables.

New Zealand Food Network

In Aotearoa New Zealand, we donated 780,910 kilograms

of fruit and vegetables to the New Zealand Food Network

(NZFN). Through their network of more than 60 food

hubs across the country, NZFN ensures that nutritious

fresh produce reaches the kitchens and lunchboxes

of those who need it most. We also supported their

year-long “Pitch In” fundraising campaign by providing

12,578 meals, valued at $20,000. Thanks to contributions

from over 60 other organisations, NZFN was able to

double their initial goal and provide 200,000 meals for

New Zealanders in need. T&G is a founding partner of

NZFN, which was established in 2020.

Healthy Family Project

In the United States, we supported the Healthy Family

Project through our premium ENVY™ and JAZZ™ apple

brands. The Healthy Family Project is focused on

Kaitiakitanga continued

T&G team members volunteered at the

New Zealand Food Network, where we

donated more than 780,000 kilograms of

edible fresh fruit and vegetables.

T&G Global Annual Report 202451
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceGovernanceFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionKaitiakitanga

T&G Global Annual Report 202451

creating a healthier generation by promoting produce

consumption. It donates 10% of all invoiced fees and a

significant portion of income to non-profit organisations

that are aligned with its mission. In 2024, T&G

contributed USD31,370 to the Healthy Family Project,

including a USD3,137 donation to their not-for-profits,

such as Feeding America.

Fruit & Vegetables in Schools

We continued to support the Fruit & Vegetables in

Schools programme in 2024, now celebrating its

20th anniversary. The programme, which is funded

by Health New Zealand – Te Whatu Ora, provides

daily fresh produce to tamariki in low socio-economic

schools across Aotearoa New Zealand. It covers 21

regions, supplying 565 schools – approximately 25% of

all primary schools in the country. Through T&G Fresh,

we supply more than 14 million servings of fresh fruit

and vegetables each year, serving 308 kura.

The Bread and Butter Thing

Worldwide Fruit’s partnership with award-winning

The Bread and Butter Thing (TBBT) continued in 2024.

In summer, we ran a JAZZ™ healthy snacking campaign,

donating over 6,000 apples to TBBT’s members. This

was supported by ‘The Final Pick’ in autumn. For the

last three years, we have supported ‘The Final Pick’, a

seven-day harvest of the last apples remaining on some

of our partners’ trees at the end of the season. This

year, we saw over 651,000 surplus apples picked and

redistributed to 130 TBBT hubs. In addition, we donated

over 159,000 kilograms of surplus edible fresh produce

to TBBT and an additional charity, FareShare.

Garden to Table

Garden to Table, a charitable trust in Aotearoa

New Zealand that empowers tamariki to grow, harvest,

prepare and share great food, celebrated their 15th

birthday this year. As partners of the Garden to Table

programme for over 10 years, T&G hosted a grower visit

at Haumoana School in Hawke’s Bay this year, where

our team led students through an informative apple

pruning session. We also supported the development

of a comprehensive composting resource for schools,

‘There’s a party in the compost bin’, helping simplify the

process for school and at-home composting. Garden

to Table has grown to operate in 326 schools, involving

over 34,000 tamariki, and resulting in 1,369,200 meals

grown, cooked and eaten annually.

Kaitiakitanga continued

Dame Lisa Carrington

joined Papatoetoe East

School to celebrate

20 years of Fruit &

Vegetables in Schools.

T&G Global Annual Report 202452
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202452

07. Governance

Board of Directors

BENEDIKT MANGOLD

CHAIR AND NON-

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Benedikt Mangold joined the

BayWa Group in 2011 and is CEO

of BayWa Global Produce GmbH

– Munich, which is the majority

shareholder of T&G Global Ltd.

Prior to this position, Benedikt

spent three years in Aotearoa

New Zealand working for T&G as

an export trader before moving

into the role of Head of Strategic

Planning and Transformation

in T&G’s International Business

Unit. In June 2021, the T&G Board

of Directors appointed Benedikt

as Chair. He is also a Director

and Chair of BayWa Obst GmbH

& Co. KG – Germany and is a

Director of Enzafruit New Zealand

(Continent) N.V – Belgium,

Worldwide Fruit Ltd – UK and

Profuit Investments (Pty) Ltd –

South Africa.

Board committee: Chair of the

Sustainability Committee.

MICHAEL BAUR

NON-INDEPENDENT

DIRECTOR

Michael Baur joined the Board

of Management of BayWa AG

as Chief Restructuring Officer

in October 2024. He is a Global

Vice Chair at global consulting

firm, AlixPartners, where he has

previously held several leadership

positions, including German

Country Leader and global

Co-Leader of its Turnaround

& Restructuring Services

practice. Michael has significant

experience as a senior advisor

and manager, including in the

roles of Chief Executive Officer

and Chief Financial Officer. His

broad industry expertise covers

the automotive, industrial goods,

energy, retail, consumer goods,

telecom and media sectors.

He is also a Director and Chair

of BayWa r.e. AG – Germany

and Cefetra Group B.V. – The

Netherlands, and a Director of

RWA Raiffeisen Ware Austria AG

– Austria.

CAROL CAMPBELL

INDEPENDENT

DIRECTOR

Carol Campbell has extensive

finance experience and a sound

understanding of effective board

governance. She was a partner at

EY for over 25 years and has been

a professional Director for over 15

years. Carol is a Director and Chair

of the Audit & Risk Committees

of NZME Ltd, the Fisher Listed

investment companies and Chubb

Insurance NZ Ltd. Carol was

previously a Director of NZ Post Ltd

for 12 years, as Chair of the Audit &

Risk committee for eight years, and

Chair of the Board for three years. She

is also a Director of several private

companies. Carol has a BCom, is a

Fellow of CA ANZ, a Chartered Fellow

of the NZ IoD and a member of the

Disciplinary Tribunal of NZ Institute of

Chartered Accountants.

Board committees: Chair of the

Finance, Risk and Investment

Committee, Member of the Human

Resources Committee and the

Sustainability Committee.

ANDREAS HELBER

NON-INDEPENDENT

DIRECTOR

Andreas Helber has been

BayWa’s Chief Financial

Officer since 2010. He began

his career at KPMG in Munich

where he qualified as a tax

consultant and auditor.

Andreas is a member of the

supervisory Boards of a number

of private and listed companies,

including R+V Allgemeine

Versicherung AG – Germany,

BayWa r.e. AG – Germany and

RWA Raiffeisen Ware Austria

AG – Austria. He is also a

member of the Munich Stock

Exchange Council.

Board committee: Member of

the Finance, Risk and Investment

Committee.

ROB HEWETT

INDEPENDENT

DIRECTOR

Rob Hewett is a Director and

Chair of Silver Fern Farms Ltd,

Farmlands Co-operative Trading

Society Ltd, Hilton Haulage

GP Ltd, Pioneer Energy Ltd,

Woolscour Holdings Ltd, Fern

Energy Ltd, Agrizero Ltd and

Hewett Farm Ltd. Rob is also

Chair of Rewiring Aotearoa and

a Director of Silver Fern Farms

Co-operative Ltd. Rob holds a

master’s degree in Commerce

and Marketing (Hons), a BCom

(Ag) in Economics and is a

Chartered Fellow of the NZ IoD.

Rob won the 2019 Outstanding

Contribution to New Zealand Co-

operatives award and the 2023

Chairperson of the Year at the

Deloitte Top 200 awards.

Board committees: Chair of the

Human Resources Committee,

Member of the Finance, Risk and

Investment Committee.

RALF TOBIAS PRISKE

NON-INDEPENDENT

DIRECTOR

Tobias Priske started working for

BayWa in 1998 as a member of

the legal department providing

advice to the various branches

of the company, and had a

leading role in the acquisition

of the majority of the shares of

T&G by BayWa in 2012. From

2013 to 2015, he worked for the

renewable energy sector of the

BayWa Group as Deputy Legal

Counsel, focusing on establishing

the renewable energy business

in the USA. In July 2015, Tobias

was appointed as BayWa AG’s

Company Secretary. Tobias

is a Director of BayWa Agrar

Beteiligungs GmbH – Germany

and Profruit Investments

(Pty) Ltd – South Africa and is

Company Secretary of BayWa

Global Produce GmbH, Germany,

and BayWa Canada Ltd, Canada.

Board committees: Member

of the Human Resources

Committee and the Sustainability

Committee.

T&G Global Annual Report 202453
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202453

Executive team

GARETH EDGECOMBE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE

OFFICER

SHANE KINGSTON

CHIEF OPERATING

OFFICER APPLES

DOUG BYGRAVE

CHIEF FINANCIAL

OFFICER

MONIQUE MALLON

DIRECTOR IT

ROD GIBSON

MANAGING DIRECTOR

T&G FRESH

ADRIENNE SHARP

HEAD OF CORPORATE

AFFAIRS

HEATHER KEAN

DIRECTOR PEOPLE

& CULTURE

Governance continued

Scan QR code to

see full bios

T&G Global Annual Report 202454
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202454

The Board is the governing body of T&G Global Limited

(the Company) and its subsidiary companies.

Role of the Board

The Board is responsible to shareholders for T&G’s

performance. This encompasses setting objectives,

formulating strategies to achieve these objectives,

identifying significant business risks, and implementing

policies to manage these risks. Additionally, the Board

oversees establishment of the overall policy framework

and monitors T&G’s ongoing performance and its

management. The Board also ensures that effective

internal financial control procedures are in place.

The day-to-day management of T&G is delegated by

the Board to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The

Board is dedicated to acting with integrity and expects

high standards of conduct and accountability from all

staff members.

Board membership

There are no Executive Directors across the Board, but

a broad mix of skills and industry experience relevant to

the guidance of T&G’s businesses.

The Board has a process to regularly assess the Board’s

composition to ensure it has the relevant skills and

business experience necessary for the Board to fulfil its

governance responsibilities and effectively contribute to

the strategic direction of the Company.

The Board believes that it is important to have a Board

consisting of members with diverse backgrounds,

experience and skills. Carol Campbell and Rob Hewett

are Independent Directors for the purposes of the NZX

Listing Rules.

Each year, the Board considers the independent

status of the Independent Directors and has determined

that Carol Campbell and Rob Hewett continue to

be independent.

The Board has considered Carol’s tenure and

determined that this does not affect her independent

judgement on any issues before the Board or in her

ability to act in the best interests of the Company

and represent the best interests of all shareholders.

Carol’s extensive financial advisory background, strong

commercial acumen and broad governance experience

due to her active involvement in a wide variety of Boards

is highly valued.

The table below summarises the current key skills and

experience of the Board.

BOARD SKILLS AND

EXPERIENCE

BENEDIKT

MANGOLD

MICHAEL

BAUR

CAROL

CAMPBELL

ANDREAS

HELBER

ROB

HEWETT

TOBIAS

PRISKE

Strategy and leadership

Accounting and audit

Market and industry

Governance and risk management

Health and safety

Climate change and sustainability

Stakeholder relations

High capability Medium capability

Corporate governance

Governance continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202455
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202455

Conduct of the Board

The Board has adopted a formal Code of Ethics which

sets out the expected standards of professional conduct

of its members.

The Board meets at regular intervals and conducts

its affairs to ensure matters can be discussed openly,

frankly and confidentially. Any potential conflicts

of interest relating to Directors are identified and

disclosed. Affected Directors are usually not permitted

to vote on any related matter where a conflict exists.

The Board operates a code of conduct that forbids

Directors and other affected parties to deal in the

Company’s shares at any time when they are in

possession of insider information and during periods

which are deemed by the Board to be ‘closed’ periods.

These closed periods customarily include the end of the

six and 12 month reporting cycles, and until such time

as profit announcements have been publicly disclosed.

Closed periods include any additional period when the

Board is engaged in matters that are likely to have an

impact on the market value of the shares.

Board access to advice

The Board has established a procedure whereby

Directors and Board Committees have the right, in

connection with their duties and responsibilities, to

seek independent professional advice at the Company’s

expense, with the prior approval of the Chair.

Independent professional advice includes professional

legal and financial advice, but excludes any advice on

the personal interests of a Director.

The Board regularly invites key managers and

Executives to attend and present at Board meetings,

and interaction with Directors is routinely encouraged.

Board Committees

The Board has three constituted Committees; the

Finance, Risk and Investment Committee (FRIC),

the Human Resources Committee (HRC) and the

Sustainability Committee (SC), with each Committee

operating under Board approved charters.

The FRIC meets four times a year and is responsible

for all matters related to the financial accounting and

reporting of the Company, risk management and the

monitoring and appraisal of investment activities.

It ensures that effective systems of accounting and

internal control are established and maintained,

overseeing internal and external audit, and liaising

with T&G’s independent auditors.

This Committee is chaired by Carol Campbell and

comprises Rob Hewett and Andreas Helber. The FRIC

members also meet separately with the auditors

as required.

The HRC is responsible for reviewing, approving and

monitoring T&G’s health, safety and wellbeing policies

and protocols, strategic plan, and annual programme

of work. This includes overseeing T&G’s inclusion and

diversity policy, which addresses the promotion of

diversity and inclusiveness within the organisation. The

HRC regularly visits various T&G facilities to evaluate

health and safety practices and procedures, to ensure

a safe environment for all those who work for, or come

into contact with, T&G. The HRC is also responsible

for ensuring T&G’s remuneration strategy, policies

and practices are fair and responsible, with a clear link

to T&G’s strategic objectives and both corporate and

individual performance. Additional responsibilities

include assisting the Board in succession planning for

the CEO and senior management positions through a

programme designed to identify and target individuals

for development. This Committee meets four times

a year and is comprised of Rob Hewett (Chair), Carol

Campbell and Tobias Priske.

The SC oversees the Company’s sustainability

framework, referred to by T&G as ‘Kaitiakitanga’,

together with its climate action strategy, targets and

initiatives, as well as the Company’s sustainability and

Climate-related Disclosures. The Committee meets

four times a year, and comprises Benedikt Mangold

(Chair), Carol Campbell and Tobias Priske.

The Board has not, at this stage, established a

Nominations Committee, owing to a belief that Director

appointments are of such significance that they should

be a direct responsibility of the full Board. This matter

is kept under review.

Governance continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202456
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202456

Interests register

The Company and each subsidiary of the Company

are required to maintain an interests register in which

particulars of certain transactions and matters involving

the Directors must be recorded. The interests registers

for the Company and its subsidiaries are available for

inspection at its registered office. Details of all matters

that have been entered in the interests register of

the Company by individual Directors during the year

are outlined in the statutory information section of

this report and should be read in conjunction with

the individual Directors’ profiles.

T&G management structure

T&G’s organisational structure is focused on its

four business divisions, being Apples, T&G Fresh,

VentureFruit and Other Business. These operations

are managed separately with direct reporting to the

CEO and to the Board, which exercises overall control.

Risk identification and management

T&G has adopted a system of internal control,

based on written procedures, policies and guidelines.

To reinforce this, an internal audit function exists that

reports to the FRIC.

The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for

the overall internal control framework. In discharging

this responsibility, the Board has in place a number

of strategies designed to safeguard T&G’s assets and

interests and to ensure the integrity of reporting.

Procedures are in place to identify areas of significant

business risk and to remediate and effectively manage

those risks. As required, the Board obtains advice from

external advisors.

While the Board acknowledges that it is responsible for

the overall control framework of T&G, it recognises that

no cost-effective internal control system will preclude

all errors and irregularities.

Directors’ and officers’ insurance

T&G has arranged directors’ and officers’ liability

insurance covering Directors acting on behalf of T&G.

Cover is for damages, judgements, fines, penalties,

legal costs awarded and defence costs arising from

wrongful acts committed while acting for T&G.

The types of acts that are not covered are dishonest,

fraudulent and malicious acts or omissions; wilful

breach of statute, regulations or duty to the Company;

improper use of information to the detriment of T&G;

and breach of professional duty.

Tax strategy and governance

T&G’s tax strategy has been developed in line with

its commitment to operate in a manner that is fair,

honest, ethical and legal, and the acknowledgment

that collecting and paying tax is an important

contribution to society. In line with this, T&G’s tax

strategy encompasses the following principles:

Risk and reputation

■ Effectively managing tax risks and opportunities by

operating within a framework of prudent and proactive

tax risk management and high-quality tax governance

procedures, giving consideration to T&G’s reputation.

■ Ensuring tax positions are at least more likely than

not to be correct and are supported by well-reasoned

and documented conclusions. External advice and/

or certainty on tax positions is sought from tax

authorities where appropriate.

Business partnering

■ Partnering with the business to facilitate growth

and development of the Group’s business activities.

■ The tax team works with the business on all

significant business decisions to ensure these align

with T&G’s tax principles and any tax positions are

underpinned by a genuine commercial rationale.

Positive tax authority relationship

■ Developing a positive working relationship with tax

authorities by having an open, honest and proactive

approach and making voluntary disclosures where

incorrect tax positions are unintentionally taken.

Should any dispute arise regarding the interpretation

and application of tax law, T&G is committed to

addressing the matter promptly with the tax authority

and resolving it in an open and constructive manner.

■ Participating in the development of tax policy

where appropriate.

Governance continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202457
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202457

People

■ T&G’s tax strategy policy is carried out by a tax

function with the requisite expertise appropriately

supported by expert advisors. We focus on developing

our people to ensure we continue to meet our

obligations as a responsible taxpayer.

Compliance

■ Meeting all relevant statutory tax obligations,

ensuring integrity in the reported tax disclosures, and

making tax payments accurately and on time, in each

jurisdiction in which T&G operates.

■ T&G implements this strategy through T&G’s Tax Risk

Management Policy and T&G’s Tax Operating Model

Guideline, together the Tax Control Framework, which

have been designed to provide a framework for tax

risk management and control processes. All T&G

employees must adhere to the Tax Strategy Policy

and the Tax Control Framework.

Corporate governance statement

The Board believes that strong principles of corporate

governance protect and enhance the assets of the

Company for the benefit of all shareholders. As such,

the Board is committed to ensuring that the Company

adopts best practice governance principles including

those set by the NZX. T&G’s Corporate Governance

Statement offers an overview of the Company’s

practices, procedures and policies in line with the NZX

Corporate Governance Code. The Statement, as well

as T&G’s key corporate governance documents, can be

found on the investor section of T&G’s website.

Governance continued

Statutory information

Auditors

Deloitte Limited has continued to act as the

principal auditor of T&G and has undertaken the

audit of the financial statements for the year ended

31 December 2024.

Directors’ loans

No Director is in receipt of any loans from T&G.

Directors’ remuneration

The following persons held office as Director during the

year. Remuneration paid or accrued included incentive

payments, vehicles, superannuation and other benefits,

where applicable. On top of fees, Directors also receive

an annual travel allowance of $1,000. Directors are not

entitled to receive payment in the form of share options.

12 months to 31 December 2024

DIRECTORS OF

T&G GLOBAL LIMITED

DIRECTOR

FEES IN

$’000

COMMITTEE

WORK IN

$’000

Benedikt Mangold 4920

Michael Baur

1

––

Carol Campbell

2

10040

Andreas Helber3910

Rob Hewett 10030

Marcus Pöllinger

3

––

Tobias Priske 3920

Bastian von Streit

4

27–

Directors’ and officers’ composition

At 31 December 2024, the gender composition of T&G’s

Directors and officers was as follows:

GENDERMALEFEMALE

Directors51

Officers2822

1 Michael Baur was appointed by the Board as a Director on 19 November 2024.

He did not receive Director remuneration in 2024, in line with BayWa’s Subsidiary

Directorship Policy (BayWa policy).

2 Carol Campbell received additional Director remuneration of $20,000 in 2024,

for her role as Board Chair of T&G Insurance Limited.

3 Marcus Pöllinger resigned from the Board effective 31 October 2024. He did not

receive Director remuneration in 2024, in line with the BayWa policy.

4 Bastian von Streit resigned from the Board effective 31 December 2024. His

remuneration was prorated from the date of his appointment on 18 April 2024.

There have been no changes to the Director fee pool of

$550,000 set in July 2004.

T&G Global Annual Report 202458
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202458

Employee remuneration

T&G paid remuneration including benefits in excess of $100,000 to employees (other than Directors) during the 12 months.

Governance continued

$’000 NZD EQUIVALENT20242023

290-30022

300-31032

310-32014

320-33003

330-34011

340-35021

350-36021

360-37001

370-38010

380-39010

390-40001

400-41020

410-42010

420-43001

450-46020

460-47011

470-48011

490-50011

530-54012

$’000 NZD EQUIVALENT20242023

540-55001

560-57001

630-64010

770-78001

790-80010

1,130-1,14001

1,450-1,46010

Total327316

The current year total remuneration spread takes into

account the impact of exchange rate movements on

employees paid in foreign currencies.

$’000 NZD EQUIVALENT20242023

100-1104742

110-1204430

120-1303842

130-1402729

140-1502435

150-1602217

160-1701816

170-1801116

180-19087

190-200196

200-210117

210-220108

220-23058

230-24049

240-25036

250-26033

260-27022

270-28021

280-29046

T&G Global Annual Report 202459
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202459

CEO remuneration

The CEO’s remuneration reflects the scope, complexity

and risk profile of this role and is set by the Board based

on comparison to market data of CEO roles of other

similar sized companies.

Gareth received gross remuneration of $1,446,765.59

in the 2024 financial year. This amount was paid in

cash and included base salary, employer KiwiSaver

contributions, a long term incentive, a discretionary

bonus and a vehicle allowance. His base salary from

1 March 2024 was $1,068,480.

Short term incentive (STI) scheme

Subject to the achievement of profitability targets

set by the Board at the start of each year, Gareth will

be entitled to an annual cash reward of 40% of base

salary for 100% achievement of target and capped

at a maximum payment of 150% for overachievement.

No payment was made in 2024 through the STI scheme,

as the performance threshold for the 2023 scheme

was not met.

Long term incentive (LTI)

Gareth is entitled to participate in an LTI scheme set by

the Board which uses a three-year accumulated target,

based on an earnings before interest and tax growth

plan. The LTI component includes entitlement of a cash

reward from 50% of entitlement for 50% achievement

of target and capped at a maximum payment of 150%

for overachievement. From 2020, the LTI payment

partially vests in year three (50%) and closes out in

year five (50%). Gareth received a payment of $124,319

in 2024 (reflected in the total remuneration above),

relating to the 2019 LTI scheme.

Directors shareholdings

As at 31 December 2024, no current Directors or parties

associated with current Directors held ordinary shares

(2023: nil). There were no share transactions during

the year ended 31 December 2024 in which Directors

held ‘relevant interests’. There is no requirement for

Directors to hold shares in the Company.

Indemnification and insurance of Directors

and Officers

The Company indemnifies all Directors named

in this report, and current and former executive

officers of T&G against all liabilities (other than to the

Company or members of T&G) which arise out of the

performance of their normal duties as Director or

executive officer, unless the liability relates to conduct

involving lack of good faith. To manage this risk,

T&G has indemnity insurance.

Information used by Directors

No member of the Board of the Company, or any

subsidiary, issued a notice requesting to use information

received in their capacity as Director which would not

otherwise have been available to them.

Interested transactions

No Directors disclosed the existence of any

transactions with T&G during the 12 months in which

they held an interest.

Substantial shareholders

The following information is given pursuant to

Section 26 of the Security Markets Act 1988. The

following parties are recorded by the Company as at

31 December 2024 as substantial security holders in

the Company, and have declared the following relevant

interest in voting securities under the Securities

Markets Act 1988:

BayWa Aktiengesellschaft 90,671,206

Wo Yang Limited24,496,386

The total number of voting securities issued by the

Company as at 31 December 2024 was 122,543,204.

Governance continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202460
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202460

20 largest shareholders

Spread of security holders

Domicile of shareholders

NAME

UNITS% OF ISSUED

CAPITAL

BayWa Global Produce GmbH90,671,20673.99%

Wo Yang Limited 24,496,38619.99%

Bartel Holdings Limited 1,319,1541.08%

Queen Street Nominees Limited 545,4700.45%

New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited 403,4500.33%

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited383,0170.31%

Queen Street Nominees Limited 295,2660.24%

Tribal Nominees Limited 226,9500.19%

R.J. Turner, C.E. Turner, Redoubt Trustees Limited &


Evans Pennell Trustees Limited 202,6890.17 %

J. Backhouse 197,9660.16%

S.A. McCabe131,1810.11%

NZX WT Nominees Limited 103,9370.09%

L.R. Hotham101,4820.08%

Estate M.F. Waite 100,8020.08%

Aotearoa Rental Enterprises Limited 100,6040.08%

Cathy & Steve Turner Legacy Limited 100,0000.08%

P.J.S. Rowland93,5070.08%

M.C. Goodson, D.D. Perron, Goodson & Perron Independent

Trustee Limited 79,3390.06%

Tribal New Zealand Traders Limited 78,3740.06%

R.M. Scott & C.H. Scott 63,4940.05%

Total119,694,27497.68%

RANGE

TOTAL

HOLDERS

% OF TOTAL

HOLDERS

UNITS

% OF ISSUED

CAPITAL

1 to 4997913.98%17,4320.01%

500 - 9998515.04%61,9850.05%

1,000 - 1,99912021.24%162,3410.13%

2,000 - 4,99910718.94%324,3130.26%

5,000 - 9,9996812.04%459,4600.37%

10,000 - 49,9998214.51%1,601,6981.31%

50,000 - 99,99981.42%536,4150.44%

100,000 - 499,999122.12%2,347,3441.92%

500,000 - 999,99910.18%545,4700.45%

1,000,000 and above30.53%116,486,74695.06%

Total565100%122,543,204100%

LOCATION

TOTAL

HOLDERS

% OF TOTAL

HOLDERS

UNITS

New Zealand 53895.22%7,230,815

Australia 173.01%57,510

Hong Kong 20.35%24,497,644

Germany 20.35%90,703,154

Singapore 20.35%40,432

Malaysia 10.18%11,716

Canada10.18%1,000

United States of America20.35%933

Total565100.00%122,543,204

as at 31 December 2024

as at 31 December 2024

as at 31 December 2024

Governance continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202461
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202461

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Shareholders of T&G Global Limited

OpinionWe have audited the consolidated financial statements of T&G Global Limited and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’),

which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2024, and the consolidated income statement,

statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year then

ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements, on pages 66 to 139, present fairly, in all material

respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 December 2024, and its consolidated financial

performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to IFRS Accounting

Standards (‘NZ IFRS’) as issued by the External Reporting Board and IFRS Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’) as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for opinionWe conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (‘ISAs’) and International Standards

on Auditing (New Zealand) (‘ISAs (NZ)’). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1

International Code of Ethics

for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand)

issued by the New

Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Other than in our capacity as auditor and other assurance services provided relating to the solvency return for the

captive insurer, limited assurance over the Group’s scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions and the provision of non-

assurance services to the Corporate Taxpayers Group of which the Group is a member, we have no relationship with

or interests in the Company or any of its subsidiaries. These services have not impaired our independence as auditor

of the Company and Group.

T&G Global Annual Report 202462
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202462

Material uncertainty

related to going concern

We draw attention to Note 1 in the consolidated financial statements, which indicates that as of 31 December 2024,

the Group’s current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $23 million. This is due to the classification of the Group’s

recently renewed term debt facility as current. During the year, the Group breached a covenant based on the net

worth of its Ultimate Parent. A waiver was provided by the banks until 31 March 2025. As the waiver does not provide

a period of grace to rectify the breach for at least twelve months from the end of the reporting period, the debt has

been reclassified as current. Subsequent to year end, the banks extended the period of grace by one month to 30 April

2025. The Group now has until 30 April 2025 to move from a negative pledge facility (secured by a guarantee from the

Ultimate Parent) to a fully secured facility (without the Ultimate Parent guarantee). This timeline is in accordance with

the financial restructuring timeline of the Ultimate Parent company. As stated in Note 1, these events or conditions,

along with other matters as set forth in Note 1, indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt

on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

Audit materialityWe consider materiality primarily in terms of the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements of the Group that

in our judgement would make it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be

changed or influenced (the ‘quantitative’ materiality). In addition, we also assess whether other matters that come to our

attention during the audit would in our judgement change or influence the decisions of such a person (the ‘qualitative’

materiality). We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

We determined materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole to be $11.0 million.

Key audit mattersKey audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the

consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit

of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a

separate opinion on these matters.

KEY AUDIT MATTERHOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

Biological Asset Valuations (Note 8)

The Group’s Biological Assets of $36.3 million (2023: $28.2 million)

predominantly represent produce such as apples, tomatoes, citrus

fruits, blueberries and stone fruit, growing on bearer plants (e.g.,

trees and vines) at balance date.

We held discussions with management to understand if there were

changes in market or environmental conditions, or other risks inherent

in the current crop valuations.

Our audit procedures were focused on the higher value biological

assets, or where, in our professional judgement, there is a greater level

of uncertainty associated with the cash flow forecasts.

T&G Global Annual Report 202463
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202463

KEY AUDIT MATTERHOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

Biological assets are measured at fair value less estimated point-

of-sale costs. This is calculated by the Group using discounted cash

flow models.

The valuation of biological assets is a key audit matter due to the

subjective judgements and assumptions in the valuation models,

many of which are specific to the location of the asset and therefore

unobservable in the market. These unobservable inputs and

assumptions include the forecast production per hectare per annum

by weight, prices expected to be received, costs expected to be

incurred and a discount rate reflecting the risks inherent in the crops.

The discount rate used in the fair value models takes into account the

risk of unknown adverse events including natural events, the possible

impact of diseases and other adverse factors that may impact on the

quality, yield or price.

We engaged our internal valuation specialist to consider whether the

valuation methods applied were reasonable.

We compared the forecast production per hectare, forecast prices, and

forecast costs to the approved budgets for the relevant fruit growing

activities, and assessed the historical accuracy of the Group’s forecasts.

With input from our internal valuation specialist, we assessed the

discount rates assumed in the models and evaluated changes from the

prior year.

We also performed a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact that a

change in the discount rate would have on the valuation of the biological

assets.

We checked the mechanical accuracy of the discounted cash flow

models.

Other informationThe directors are responsible on behalf of the Group for the other information. The other information includes the

Climate-related Disclosure and comprises the information in the Annual Report that accompanies the consolidated

financial statements and the audit report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any

form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and consider whether it is materially inconsistent with the

consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially

misstated. If so, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

T&G Global Annual Report 202464
Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaFinancialsAppendicesIntroductionGovernance

T&G Global Annual Report 202464

Directors’

responsibilities for the

consolidated financial

statements

The directors are responsible on behalf of the Group for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated

financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS, and for such internal control as the directors determine is

necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement,

whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible on behalf of the Group for assessing

the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and

using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s

responsibilities

for the audit of the

consolidated financial

statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes

our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in

accordance with ISAs and ISAs (NZ) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can

arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be

expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is located on the

External Reporting Board’s website at:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Restriction on use

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken so that we might

state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no

other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than

the Company’s shareholders as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Bruno Dente, Partner

for Deloitte Limited

Hamilton, New Zealand

3 March 2025

08. Financials
Income statement66

Statement of comprehensive income67

Statement of changes in equity68

Balance sheet70

Statement of cash flows71

Notes to the financial statements73

General information73

Basis of preparation73

New accounting standards, amendments

and interpretations76

Financial performance77

Segment information77

Revenue from contracts with customers80

Other income84

Other expenses85

Taxation87

Operating assets89

Biological assets89

Non-current assets classified as held for sale94

Property, plant and equipment95

Intangible assets101

Funding105

Leases105

Loans and borrowings110

Net financing expenses111

Capital and reserves111

Earnings per share112

Dividends112

Reconciliation of liabilities arising

from financing activities113

Working capital115

Trade and other receivables115

Inventories118

Trade and other payables118

Group structure119

Investments in subsidiaries119

Investments in joint ventures123

Investments in associates124

Other disclosures126

Related party transactions126

Financial risk management127

Derivative financial instruments136

Contingencies138

Commitments138

Events occurring after the balance date139

Contents

T&G Global Annual Report 202465

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

For the year ended 31 December 2024
Income statement

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Revenue from contracts with customers41,360,8911,334,338

Other operating income513,04313,749

Purchases, raw materials and consumables used(1,009,985)(1,007,373)

Employee benefits expenses6(192,016)(182,974)

Depreciation and amortisation expenses6(58,397)(58,629)

Other operating expenses6(100,872)(144,690)

Operating profit / (loss)12,664(45,579)

Financing income145,4064,090

Financing expenses14(34,236)(28,924)

Share of loss from joint ventures23(26)(39)

Share of profit from associate242,4411,206

Other income57,76717,359

Other expenses6(847)(12,362)

Loss before income tax(6,831)(64,249)

Income tax (expense) / credit7(3,057)17,654

Loss after income tax (9,888)(46,595)

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent(16,034)(51,155)

Non-controlling interests6,1464,560

Loss for the year(9,888)(46,595)

Earnings per share (in cents)

Basic and diluted loss16(13.0)(41.7)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

T&G Global Annual Report 202466

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Statement of comprehensive income
NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Loss for the year(9,888)(46,595)

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Movements in asset revaluation reserve15(4,165)–

Loss on revaluation of property, plant and equipment:

Held by subsidiaries of the Group15–(21,128)

Deferred tax effect on revaluation of property, plant and equipment15–3,824

Deferred tax effect of movements in asset revaluation reserve152,236–

Deferred tax effect on sale of property, plant and equipment15540(201)

(1,389)(17,505)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations10,3715,834

Cash flow hedges:

Fair value (loss) / gain(24,746)3,823

Reclassification of net change in fair value to profit or loss(938)673

(15,313)10,330

Other comprehensive loss for the year(16,702)(7,175)

Total comprehensive loss for the year (26,590)(53,770)

Total comprehensive loss for the year is attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent (34,277)(58,834)

Non-controlling interests7,6875,064

(26,590)(53,770)

For the year ended 31 December 2024

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

T&G Global Annual Report 202467

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of changes in equity

NOTE

Share

capital

$’000

Revaluation

and other

reserves

$’000

Retained

earnings

$’000

Total

$’000

Non-

controlling

interests

$’000

Total

equity

$’000

2024

Balance at 1 January 2024176,357100,296227,764504,41717,471521,888

(Loss) / profit for the year – – (16,034)(16,034)6,146(9,888)

Other comprehensive income / (expense)

Movements in asset revaluation reserve15 –(4,165) –(4,165) –(4,165)

Deferred tax effect of movements in asset revaluation reserve15 –2,236 –2,236 –2,236

Deferred tax effect on sale of property, plant and equipment15 –540 –540 –540

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations15 –8,830 –8,8301,54110,371

Movements in cash flow hedge reserve15 –(25,684) –(25,684) –(25,684)

Total other comprehensive (loss) / income –(18,243) –(18,243)1,541(16,702)

Transactions with owners

Dividends17 – – – –(5,379)(5,379)

Investment from non-controlling interest – – – –732732

Total transactions with owners – – – –(4,647)(4,647)

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve due to asset disposal15 –(14,286)14,286 – – –

Balance at 31 December 2024176,35767,767226,016470,14020,511490,651

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

T&G Global Annual Report 202468

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

NOTE
Share

capital

$’000

Revaluation

and other

reserves

$’000

Retained

earnings

$’000

Total

$’000

Non-

controlling

interests

$’000

Total

equity

$’000

2023

Balance at 1 January 2023176,357115,221271,673563,25116,917580,168

(Loss) / profit for the year – – (51,155)(51,155)4,560(46,595)

Other comprehensive income / (expense)

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment15 –(21,128) –(21,128) –(21,128)

Deferred tax effect on revaluation of property, plant and equipment15 –3,824 –3,824 –3,824

Deferred tax effect on sale of property, plant and equipment15 –(201) –(201) –(201)

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations15 –5,333 –5,3335015,834

Movements in cash flow hedge reserve15 –4,493 –4,49334,496

Total other comprehensive (loss) / income –(7,679) –(7,679)504(7,175)

Transactions with owners

Dividends17 – – – –(5,668)(5,668)

Investment from non-controlling interest – – ––1,1581,158

Total transactions with owners – – – –(4,510)(4,510)

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve due to asset disposal15 –(7,246)7, 2 4 6 – – –

Balance at 31 December 2023176,357100,296227,764504,41717,4 7 1521,888

For the year ended 31 December 2024

Statement of changes in equity continued

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

T&G Global Annual Report 202469

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

NOTE2024
$’000

2023

$’000

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents46,80130,508

Term deposits–2,277

Trade and other receivables19225,372196,810

Inventories2066,52367,640

Taxation receivable5,4839,737

Derivative financial instruments279897,110

Biological assets836,26028,249

Non-current assets classified as held for sale926,49711,100

Total current assets407,925353,431

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables1931,59244,610

Derivative financial instruments2725913,268

Deferred tax assets719,6392,574

Investments in unlisted entities7992

Property, plant and equipment10406,934401,007

Right-of-use assets12169,123 148,592

Intangible assets1179,24879,692

Investments in joint ventures232,7402,927

Investment in associate2412,00029,019

Total non-current assets721,614 721,781

Total assets1,129,5391,075,212

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables21199,914 171,644

Loans and borrowings13 196,177 32,639

Lease liabilities1224,53123,706

Taxation payable 3,562 3,161

Derivative financial instruments27 6,993 955

Total current liabilities 431,177 232,105

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables21 45 43

Loans and borrowings13 18,843 163,144

Lease liabilities12173,953 151,816

Derivative financial instruments27 10,790 234

Deferred tax liabilities7 4,080 5,982

Total non-current liabilities207,711 321,219

Total liabilities638,888553,324

Equity

Share capital15 176,357 176,357

Revaluation and other reserves15 67,767 100,296

Retained earnings 226,016 227,764

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent 470,140 504,417

Non-controlling interests 20,511 17,4 7 1

Total equity 490,651 521,888

Total liabilities and equity 1,129,539 1,075,212

Approved for and on behalf of the Board

Balance sheet

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

As at 31 December 2024

BENEDIKT MANGOLD

DIRECTOR (CHAIR)

03 MARCH 2025

CAROL CAMPBELL

DIRECTOR (CHAIR OF THE FINANCE, RISK

AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE)

03 MARCH 2025

T&G Global Annual Report 202470

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of cash flows

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash was provided from:

Cash receipts from customers1,354,3381,348,709

Cash receipts from insurance proceeds3,8804,060

Other12,3202,320

Cash was disbursed to:

Payments to suppliers and employees(1,299,180)(1,317,715)

Interest paid(10,252)(11,751)

Income taxes paid(440)(60)

Net cash inflow from operating activities60,66625,563

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash was provided from:

Cash receipts from insurance proceeds6,8971,355

Current term deposits2,277–

Dividends received from joint ventures and

associate241,2432,235

External loan repayments from suppliers,

customers, associate and joint ventures871481

Investment from non-controlling interest7321,158

Sale of other property, plant and equipment314767

Sale of Pukekohe property10,799–

Sale of Palmerston North property–12,000

Sale of Belgian property2,148 –

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Cash was disbursed to:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment10(45,673)(68,510)

Purchase of intangible assets11(2,382)(7,560)

Loans to suppliers, customers, associate and joint

ventures(200)(302)

Current term deposits –(1,167)

Net cash outflow from investing activities(22,974)(59,543)

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash was provided from:

Net proceeds from short-term borrowings–9,400

Proceeds from long-term borrowings30,00030,000

Proceeds from Ultimate Parent borrowings186,00011,000

Cash was disbursed to:

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests17(5,379)(5,668)

Repayment of long-term borrowings(1,096)(1,018)

Net repayment of short-term borrowings(17,500) –

Repayment of lease liabilities

12(37,544)(37,383)

Bank facility fees and transaction fees(4,235)(4,348)

Net cash (outflow) / inflow from financing

activities18(29,754)1,983

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash

equivalents7,938(31,997)

Foreign currency translation adjustment8,3555,096

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year30,50857,409

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year46,80130,508

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

T&G Global Annual Report 202471

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Reconciliation of loss after income tax to net cash flow from operating activities
Statement of cash flows continued

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Loss for the year(9,888)(46,595)

Adjusted for non-cash items:

Amortisation expense64,3204,736

Depreciation expense654,07753,893

Movement in deferred tax7(17,461)(19,413)

Movement in expected credit loss allowance(7,627)16,142

Revenue from sale of licences(3,502)(493)

Share of loss of joint ventures232639

Share of profit of associate24(2,441)(1,206)

Other movements(10,230)(9,795)

Net loss on loan written off1,376–

18,53843,903

Adjusted for investing and financing activities:

Bank facility and line fees4,2354,349

Gain on disposal of other property, plant

and equipment – (238)

Loss on disposal of other property, plant and

equipment684–

Loss on assets damaged from Cyclone Gabrielle649112,362

Net loss from reversal of previous property, plant

and equipment revaluation changes through profit

and loss – 253

Fair value adjustment of asset classified as held

for sale – 870

Insurance proceeds(7,767)(1,355)

Impairment of loan –5,205

(2,357)21,446

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Impact of changes in working capital items net

of effects of non-cash items, and investing and

financing activities:

Decrease / (increase) in debtors and prepayments8,175(15,875)

Increase in biological assets(8,011)(646)

Increase in creditors and provisions48,43737,388

Decrease / (Increase) in inventories1,117(13,709)

Decrease / (Increase) in net taxation receivable4,655(349)

Total54,3736,809

Net cash inflow from operating activities60,66625,563

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

T&G Global Annual Report 202472

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements
General information

This section describes the principles and general accounting policies used in the

preparation of the financial statements. Accounting policies that relate to specific

line items on the income statement and balance sheet are described in their

respective notes.

1. Basis of preparation

Reporting entity and statutory base

T&G Global Limited (the Parent) and its subsidiary companies (the Group), are

recognised as one of Aotearoa New Zealand’s leading growers, distributors,

marketers and exporters of premium fresh produce. Key categories for the Group

include apples, berries, citrus (lemons, mandarins and navel oranges), tomatoes

and stone fruit.

These consolidated financial statements presented are for the Group which

comprises the Parent and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associate as at 31

December 2024.

The Parent is registered in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993 and is a FMC

Reporting Entity under the Financial Market Conducts Act 2013 and the Financial

Reporting Act 2013.

The Parent is a limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in Aotearoa

New Zealand and is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange. The address of its

registered office is Building 1, Level 1, Central Park, 660 Great South Road, Ellerslie,

Auckland 1051.

BayWa Global Produce GmbH (the Immediate Parent) and BayWa Aktiengesellschaft

(the Ultimate Parent) are the parents of the Group and are based in Munich, Germany.

Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with

New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (NZ GAAP). They comply

with New Zealand equivalents to IFRS Accounting Standards (NZ IFRS) and other

applicable New Zealand Financial Reporting Standards as appropriate for profit-

oriented entities, and IFRS Accounting Standards (IFRS). These consolidated financial

statements are prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013.

These consolidated financial statements are expressed in New Zealand dollars which

is the presentation currency of the Group. All financial information has been rounded

to the nearest thousand ($’000) unless otherwise stated.

Going concern

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis

which contemplates the realisation of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the

normal course of business.

For the year ended 31 December 2024, the Group’s current liabilities are reported as

$431 million and exceed current assets of $408 million by $23 million. This is due to

the classification of the Group’s recently renewed term debt facility set out in Note

13 as current. As outlined in Note 26, during the year the Group breached a covenant

based on the net worth of its Ultimate Parent. A waiver was provided by the banks

on 28 November 2024 until 31 March 2025, at which point the requirement will be

removed if the Group moves from a negative pledge facility (secured by a guarantee

from the Ultimate Parent) to a fully secured facility (without the Ultimate Parent

guarantee). This timeline is in accordance with the financial restructuring timeline

of the Ultimate Parent which disallows granting of security by subsidiary companies

(including the Group) until the termination of its standstill arrangements, scheduled for

31 March 2025. As the waiver does not provide a period of grace to rectify the breach

for at least twelve months from the end of the reporting period, the debt has been

reclassified as current.

Subsequent to year end, a waiver was provided by the banks which extended the

period of grace by one month to 30 April 2025. This waiver was signed and duly

executed on the 27 February 2025.

T&G Global Annual Report 202473

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Within the waiver letter to the banks, the Group disclosed that the conclusion of the

BayWa restructuring agreement is expected to be delayed until the end of April 2025

and that the Group’s subsidiaries are not permitted to grant security over more than

EUR 10,000,000 until the new restructuring agreement is entered into.

As a consequence of the above matters, there is uncertainty as to whether the

new security arrangements will be satisfied by the Group within the timeframe

required by the banks and whether if these are not met, the Group will be able to

negotiate continuation of or refinancing of the facility to enable the Group to settle

its obligations as they fall due for the foreseeable future. This uncertainty may cast

significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore,

that the Group may be unable to realise its assets and discharge its liabilities in the

normal course of business. However, the Directors believe that there are reasonable

grounds that the use of the going concern basis remains appropriate:

■The banks have confirmed the required security arrangements, and those actions

that are within their control are being taken by the Group to ensure the security

arrangements will be in place by 30 April 2025;

■Based on inquiries held by the Group’s management and the Ultimate Parent’s

management, it is our understanding that the Ultimate Parent’s restructuring is

on schedule for completion by 30 April 2025, which will allow the Group to grant

security by that date;

■To our knowledge, no potential impediments have arisen to cast doubt on the

Group’s ability to implement appropriate security by the deadline date.

The financial report does not include any adjustments relating to the amounts or

classifications of recorded assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Group

does not continue as a going concern.

Measurement basis

The measurement basis adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial

statements is historical cost except for certain assets and liabilities, identified in

specific accounting policies, which are stated at fair value.

Basis of consolidation

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, subsidiaries are fully

consolidated from the date on which the Group gains control until the date on which

control ceases. All intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses

between the Group’s companies are eliminated.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates have been aligned

where necessary to ensure consistency with policies adopted by the Group.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations.

The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the

assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the

equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair

value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement.

Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a

business combination, are measured initially at fair value at the acquisition date. The

Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-

acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate

share of the recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable assets.

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. If the business combination is

achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the Group’s previously held equity

interest in the acquiree is initially remeasured at fair value at the acquisition date

through profit or loss.

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration

transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interest and fair value of the

Group’s previously held interest (if any) over the net identifiable assets acquired and

liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of

the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised in profit or loss.

Basis of accounting

Material accounting policy information is set out within the notes to which those

policies are applicable and are designated with a

symbol. All other material

accounting policy information is set out on the following page. There have been no

significant changes made to accounting policy information during the year. Refer to

Note 2 for discussion on interpretations approved and effective in the current year,

and other standards approved but not yet effective for the Group in the current year.

1. Basis of preparation continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202474

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Foreign currency translation

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s subsidiaries that do not have New Zealand

dollars as their functional currency are translated to New Zealand dollars at foreign

exchange rates ruling at balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of these

foreign operations are translated to New Zealand dollars at rates approximating the

foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions.

Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign operations are recognised

in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation

reserve.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost in a foreign

currency are translated using the exchange rate on the date of the transaction. Non-

monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at

fair value are translated to New Zealand dollars at the foreign exchange rate on the

dates that the fair value was determined.

Fair value estimation

Where fair value measurement has been applied, a

symbol designates the

paragraph describing the valuation method used.

The Group uses various valuation methods to determine the fair value of certain

assets and liabilities. The inputs to the valuation methods used to measure fair value

are categorised into three levels:

■Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or

liabilities.

■Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable

for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is,

derived from prices).

■Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market

data (that is, unobservable inputs).

Goods and services tax (GST)

The income statement, statement of comprehensive income and statement of cash

flows have been presented with all items exclusive of GST. All items in the balance

sheet are stated net of GST, except for receivables and payables, which include GST

invoiced.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The Group makes estimates and judgements concerning the future. The resulting

accounting estimates may, by definition, not equal the related actual results. The

estimates and judgements that have a potential risk of causing a material adjustment

to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are

discussed within the notes to which those judgements are applicable and are

designated with a

symbol.

Area of estimate and judgementNOTE

Sale of licences4Revenue from contracts with

customers

Insurance proceeds5Other income

Fair value of biological assets8Biological assets

Valuation of property, plant and

equipment

10Property, plant and equipment

Carrying value of intangible assets11Intangible assets

Calculation of lease liabilities12Leases

1. Basis of preparation continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202475

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
2. New accounting standards, amendments and interpretations

New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted in the current year

Amendments to NZ IAS 1

Presentation of Financial Statements (NZ IAS 1) –

Classification of liabilities as current or non-current

The Group has adopted the amendments to NZ IAS 1 for the first time in the current

year. The amendments clarify that the classification of liabilities as current or non-

current is based on rights that are in existence at the end of the reporting period. The

amendment specifies that classification of liabilities is unaffected by expectations

about whether an entity will exercise its right to defer settlement of a liability, and

that deferral rights are in existence if covenants are complied with at the end of

the reporting period. The Group considered the amended requirements when

reclassifying the non-current borrowings as current liabilities as discussed in Note 1

and Note 13. While the amendment required retrospective application, comparative

information has not been impacted.

Amendments to NZ IFRS

16 Leases (NZ IFRS 16) – Lease liability in a Sale and

Leaseback

The Group has adopted the amendments to NZ IFRS 16 for the first time in the

current year. The amendments add subsequent measurement requirements for

sale and leaseback transactions which require the seller-lessee to determine lease

payments or revised lease payments such that the seller-lessee does not recognise

a gain or loss that relates to the right of use retained by the seller-lessee after the

commencement date. This has been assessed by the Group and has no material

impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Amendments to NZ IAS 7

Statement of Cash Flows (NZ IAS 7) and NZ IFRS 7

Financial Instruments: Disclosures (NZ IFRS 7) – Supplier Finance Arrangements

The amendments add a disclosure objective to NZ IAS 7 stating that an entity is

required to disclose information about its supplier finance arrangements that enables

users of financial statements to assess the effects of those arrangements on the

entity’s liabilities and cash flows. In addition, NZ IFRS 7 is amended to add supplier

finance arrangements as an example within the requirements to disclose information

about an entity’s exposure to concentration of liquidity risk. This has been assessed by

the Group and has no material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Amendments to NZ IAS 12

Income Taxes (NZ IAS 12) – International Tax Reform –

Pillar Two Model Rules

Germany’s Minimum Taxation Directive Implementation Act (Minimum Tax Act –

MinStG), known as Pillar Two, will apply to the Ultimate Parent and its subsidiaries

from the financial year 2024. New Zealand has enacted legislation implementing

Pillar Two applying from 1 January 2025, however, Group subsidiaries operate in

jurisdictions that have enacted Pillar Two in the current year creating potential Pillar

Two tax liabilities for these subsidiaries. The law includes simplified rules in the form

of temporary safe harbour regulations for each jurisdiction, which means that no

tax increase is payable if certain conditions are met. The safe harbour calculations

demonstrated this requirement was satisfied in all relevant jurisdictions of the Group,

meaning that no additional taxes arise. As such, the Group has not recognised a Pillar

Two provision.

The Group is making use of the temporary exemption resulting from the

implementation of the Pillar Two regulations, which was included in the amendment

of NZ IAS 12 published in May 2023, under which it does not have to recognise

deferred taxes in relation to Pillar Two.

Standards, amendments and interpretations on issue not yet effective

There are other standards, amendments and interpretations which have been

approved but are not yet effective. The Group expects to adopt other standards

when they become mandatory. None are expected to materially impact the Group’s

financial statements.

T&G Global Annual Report 202476

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Financial performance

This section explains the performance of the Group and details the contributions

made by the Group’s operating segments. It also describes how the Group earns

its revenue and addresses other areas that impact on profitability such as other

income, other expenses, and taxation.

3. Segment information

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting

provided to the chief operating decision-makers. The chief operating decision-makers

have been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the

Executive team of the Group.

The chief operating decision-makers assess the performance of the operating

segments based on operating profit, which reflects earnings before financing income

and expenses, share of profit from joint ventures and associate, other income, other

expenses and income tax expense. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s

length basis and segment results include items directly attributable to a segment.

No single external customer’s revenue accounts for 10% or more of the Group’s

revenue.

During the year, the Group’s operating segments were reorganised to be consistent

with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-makers of the

Group. This resulted in the reallocation of business units that previously formed the

International Trading segment to the other operating segments of the Group based

on the type of produce traded by those business units. Any business units previously

in International Trading that traded apples were reallocated to the Apples operating

segment, with the remaining business units reallocated to T&G Fresh or Other.

This reallocation impacted solely on the segment information presented in Note 3,

and the analysis of revenue from contracts with customers presented in Note 4.

Operating segments

The Group comprises the following main operating segments:

Operating segmentSignificant operations

ApplesGrowing, packing, cool storing, sales and marketing of

apples worldwide.

T&G FreshGrowing, trading and transport activities within New

Zealand and Australia, and exports to the Pacific Islands,

Australia and Asia. This incorporates the New Zealand

wholesale markets and the tomato, citrus, berry and stone

fruit growing operations. This includes international trading

activities in Australia.

VentureFruitVariety management including identification, acquisition,

development and protection of new varieties of fruit.

Revenue from the sale of right-to-grow licences is included

in this business division.

OtherIncludes property and corporate costs, and some trading

elements of the former International trading operating

segment that have not been reallocated to the other

remaining operating segments in the current year.

T&G Global Annual Report 202477

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Segment information provided to the chief operating decision-makers for the reportable segments is shown in the following tables:

Apples

$’000

T&G Fresh

$’000

VentureFruit

$’000

Other

$’000

Total

$’000

2024

Total segment revenue1,009,444477,42546,72433,4981,567,091

Inter-segment revenue(150,301)(22,136)(33,763)–(206,200)

Revenue from external customers859,143455,28912,96133,4981,360,891

Purchases, raw materials and consumables used(652,677)(314,349)(11,878)(31,081)(1,009,985)

Depreciation and amortisation expenses(33,063)(22,596)(217)(2,521)(58,397)

Net other operating expenses(129,736)(114,728)(5,157)(30,224)(279,845)

Segment operating profit / (loss)43,6673,616(4,291)(30,328)12,664

Financing income5,406

Financing expense(34,236)

Share of loss from joint ventures(26)

Share of profit from associate2,441

Net other income and expenses6,920

Loss before income tax(6,831)

3. Segment information continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202478

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Apples

$’000

T&G Fresh

$’000

VentureFruit

$’000

Other

$’000

Total

$’000

2023

(1)

Total segment revenue968,160568,36841,37621,1141,599,018

Inter-segment revenue(148,274)(84,034)(32,372) – (264,680)

Revenue from external customers819,886484,3349,00421,1141,334,338

Purchases, raw materials and consumables used(639,902)(335,989)(11,526)(19,956)(1,007,373)

Depreciation and amortisation expenses(29,939)(25,851)(140)(2,699)(58,629)

Net other operating expenses(139,795)(112,660)(12,005)(49,455)(313,915)

Segment operating profit/(loss)10,2509,834(14,667)(50,996)(45,579)

Financing income4,090

Financing expense(28,924)

Share of loss from joint ventures(39)

Share of profit from associate1,206

Net other income and expenses4,997

Loss before income tax(64,249)

(1)

Prior period segment results have been re-presented to ensure consistency in the composition of business segments to reflect the Group’s internal reporting. This has no impact on the Income statement or other primary statements with the only impact being

in the 2023 segment information presentation.

3. Segment information continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202479

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
The Group records revenue from the following sources:

Sale of produce

Revenue from the sale of produce is recognised either on dispatch or when the

produce has reached its destination, depending on the terms and agreements

with customers and when there is supporting evidence that control and ownership

of the produce has transferred to the customer.

Commissions

The Group acts as an agent in certain revenue generating transactions where it

facilitates the sale of produce into markets and customers. Commission revenue

is recognised in these instances when there is supporting evidence that control

and ownership of goods have transferred to the end customer.

Services

The Group derives the majority of its service revenue through the provision

of cool storage and packing services during the growing and selling seasons.

Revenue from the provision of services is recognised simultaneously as the

services are being performed over the length of the contract or at a point in time

depending on the specifics of the contract.

The Group is domiciled in New Zealand. The total revenues from external customers

in New Zealand and other regions are:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

New Zealand404,512415,033

Australia and Pacific Islands98,654108,938

Asia396,934348,659

Americas35,35390,770

Europe425,438370,938

Total1,360,8911,334,338

The total non-current assets other than trade and other receivables, derivative

financial instruments, deferred tax assets and investment in unlisted entities located

in New Zealand and other countries are:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

New Zealand631,259623,482

Other64,82556,288

Total696,084679,770

3. Segment information continued

4. Revenue from contracts with customers

T&G Global Annual Report 202480

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
The key accounting judgment applied by the Group is around the determination of

the performance obligations in the right-to-grow licence agreements, when these

obligations are satisfied, and when revenue is recognised. The Group identified

two distinct performance obligations in its sale of right-to-grow licences,

■Transferring a right to obtain plant material

■Transferring a right to use brands

The right to obtain plant material is separately identifiable from other goods and

services contained in the right-to-grow and growing agreements with growers.

A grower can benefit from obtaining the plant material as once the grower is in

possession of plant material, they can plant the variety and grow fruit to generate

future economic benefits. These rights are conferred to the grower on signing

of the right-to-grow agreement and growing agreement. It is at this point in time

that the Group considers its performance obligation satisfied, and revenue is

recognised at this point in time.

When a grower enters into the agreements, the Group also transfers the right

to use certain brands when selling the variety of apples. The right to use a

brand is separately identifiable from other goods and services contained in the

agreements, and a grower can benefit from using the brand as this leads to

economic benefits for the grower. Access to the Group’s brands is an obligation

that is satisfied at a point in time and revenue is recognised as royalties at the

time licenced apple variety sales occur.

Royalties

The Group recognises revenue from royalties from sales of the Group’s licenced

apple varieties. Royalties are recognised at the point in time the sale of licenced

apple varieties occurs.

Sale of licences

The Group records revenue from the sale of right-to-grow licences for its

premium apple varieties. A right-to-grow licence transfers the right to grow a

variety over an approved number of hectares and the right to gain access to the

varietal plant material to growers who enter into an agreement with the Group.

Revenue from the sale of licences is recognised at the point in time control of

the licence transfers to a grower, which has been determined as when a grower

enters into a right-to-grow agreement with the Group. As the right-to-grow the

variety and access to varietal plant material are conferred to the grower at the

point in time the right-to-grow agreement is signed, revenue is recognised at this

point in time.

Principal and agency arrangements

The Group holds arrangements in which it acts as the principal and other

arrangements in which it acts as the agent. The following factors have been used

by the Group in distinguishing whether it acts as the principal or the agent in

specific arrangements:

■Primary responsibility for fulfilling the promise to provide the goods or services

to the end customer.

■Inventory risk before goods are transferred to the end customer.

■The discretion to establish the price of goods and services above.

4. Revenue from contracts with customers continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202481

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Apples

$’000

T&G Fresh

$’000

VentureFruit

$’000

Other

$’000

Total

$’000

2024

Nature of revenue

Sale of produce804,604383,64630432,3961,220,950

Sale of licences – –6,0567136,769

Commissions6,36528,6122,68423937,900

Services38,66643,03171015082,557

Royalties9,508–3,207 –12,715

Revenue from external customers859,143455,28912,96133,4981,360,891

Timing of revenue recognition

At a point in time

Sale of produce804,604383,64630432,3961,220,950

Sale of licences – –6,0567136,769

Commissions6,36528,6122,68423937,900

Services29,40443,03171015073,295

Royalties9,508 –3,207 –12,715

849,881455,28912,96133,4981,351,629

Over time

Services9,262 – – –9,262

9,262 – – –9,262

Revenue from external customers859,143455,28912,96133,4981,360,891

4. Revenue from contracts with customers continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202482

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Apples

$’000

T&G Fresh

$’000

VentureFruit

$’000

Other

$’000

Total

$’000

2023

(1)

Nature of revenue

Sale of produce742,404411,03610318,8581,172,401

Sale of licences – –2,662 –2,662

Commissions17,52225,7941,828 –45,144

Services51,17147,4971,4642,256102,388

Royalties8,78972,947 –11,743

Revenue from external customers819,886484,3349,00421,1141,334,338

Timing of revenue recognition

At a point in time

Sale of produce742,404411,03610318,8581,172,401

Sale of licences – –2,662 –2,662

Commissions17,52225,7941,828–45,144

Services43,56147,4971,4642,25694,778

Royalties8,78972,947 –11,743

812,276484,3349,00421,1141,326,728

Over time

Services7,610 – – –7,610

7,610 – – –7,610

Revenue from external customers819,886484,3349,00421,1141,334,338

(1)

Prior year segment results have been re-presented to ensure consistency in the composition of business segments to reflect the Group’s internal reporting. This had no impact on the income statement or other primary statements, with the only impact other

than in the above note being in the 2023 segment information presentation note. Refer to Note 3.

4. Revenue from contracts with customers continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202483

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
5. Other income

Other income

The Group recognised income from other operating and non-operating activities

during the year.

Insurance proceeds recognised of $7.8m relate to the Group’s material damage

and business interruption (MDBI) claim resulting from Cyclone Gabrielle in

2023. The judgment applied by the Group relates to the determination of which

aspects of the MDBI claim the Group has virtual certainty of coverage, in line

with the requirements of NZ IAS 37

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and

Contingent Assets

(NZ IAS 37), and therefore the ability to recognise a receivable

at balance date.

Of the total claim recognised in 2023 and 2024 of $24.9 million, $8.9 million is

recorded as a receivable as at 31 December 2024.

Other operating income consists of the following:

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Net exchange gains1,644–

Net gain from changes in fair value

of biological assets86,7216,301

Net gain from disposal of property,

plant and equipment–72

Rent – others1,9482,534

Rent from subleases2,2911,964

Other4392,878

Total13,04313,749

Net exchange gains do not include a net realised foreign exchange gain of

$10.9 million (2023: $14.0 million) recognised as part of revenue and purchases.

The total impact of exchange differences in the current financial year was a net gain

of $12.5 million (2023: net loss of $2.9 million).

Other income consists of the following non-operating activities:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Gain on sale of plant and machinery on orchard–166

Insurance proceeds7,76717,193

Total7,76717,359

T&G Global Annual Report 202484

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Employee benefits expenses

Defined contribution plans

Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised

as an expense in the income statement as incurred.

Short-term employee benefits

Employee entitlements to salaries, wages, and annual leave to be settled within

12 months of the reporting date, represent present obligations resulting from

employees’ services provided up to the reporting date, calculated at undiscounted

amounts based on remuneration rates that the Group expects to pay.

During the year, contributions of $4.06 million (2023: $4.19 million) were made by the

Group towards employees’ superannuation schemes.

6. Other expenses

Depreciation and amortisation expenses

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment1025,98324,139

Depreciation of right-of-use assets1228,09429,754

Amortisation of intangible assets114,3204,736

Total58,39758,629

Other operating expenses

Other operating expenses includes the following:

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Directors’ remuneration25504437

Fleet costs13,47613,481

Insurance13,01910,616

Impairment on receivables63712,943

Net exchange losses– 16,902

Professional fees14,46916,682

Promotion costs11,07819,579

Rental and property related costs18,34118,944

Repairs and maintenance12,52918,809

Research and development8851,173

Travel and accommodation4,6594,684

Prior year impairment on receivables includes amounts related to writing off long-

term receivables due from Cyclone Gabrielle impacted growing partners, and a

provision for a long-term receivable from an overseas growing partner.

T&G Global Annual Report 202485

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
During the year, subsidiaries of the Group engaged other auditors to perform audit

services and the fees paid were as follows:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

BDO for Delica (Shanghai) Fruit Trading Company Limited2415

Burgess Hodgson LLP for Worldwide Fruit Limited144107

HLB Mann Judd for Delica Australia Pty Limited, T&G Vizzarri

Farms Pty Limited, T&G Berries Australia Pty Limited189120

Hutchinson and Bloodgood LLP for Delica North America,

Inc.174190

Moss Adams LLP for ENZAFRUIT Products Inc.281224

JPAC for T&G South East Asia Limited115102

Total927758

Other expenses

Other expenses consists of the following non-operating activities:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Loss on sale of commercial land and buildings356–

Loss on assets damaged from Cyclone Gabrielle49112,362

84712,362

6. Other expenses continued

Audit fees

Audit fees of the Group and related services from the Group’s auditors consist of the

following:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Audit and review of financial statements

Audit and review of financial statements696677

Total audit and review of financial statements696677

Other services

Audit or review related services:

■Captive insurance subsidiary solvency return77

■Belgian subsidiary assurance engagement–48

Other assurance services and other agreed-upon

procedures engagements:

■Limited assurance over selected GHG information

included in the Climate-related Disclosures4535

■Compliance of sustainability linked loan–35

■Readiness analysis on Climate-related Disclosures–69

Taxation services:

■Tax compliance and administrative services of the

Corporate Taxpayers Group (CTG)1714

Total other services69208

Total fees paid to auditors765885

Other auditors

Audit services provided927758

Other services

■Internal audit services213243

■Tax services82115

T&G Global Annual Report 202486

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
(B) Reconciliation of prima facie taxation and tax (expense) / credit

The taxation expense that would arise at the standard rate of corporation tax in

New Zealand is reconciled to the tax expense as follows:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Loss before income tax (6,831) (64,249)

Prima facie taxation at 28% (2023: 28%) 1,913 17,990

(Add) / deduct tax effect of:

Non-deductible items(1,880)(2,869)

Effect of tax rates in non-New Zealand jurisdictions1,5352,750

Tax on share of joint ventures' and associate’s profits

and losses23(70)

Deferred tax assets not recognised(2)(223)

Adjustments in respect of prior periods1,167(678)

Unutilised foreign tax credits not available for future periods(109)393

Non-taxable capital gain on sale(1,255)(149)

Building depreciation written off(4,483) –

Non-taxable items3474

Change in tax rate in non-New Zealand jurisdiction – (2)

Other – 438

Total(3,057)17,654

The tax charge for the year of $3.1 million (2023: $17.7 million tax credit), equates to an

effective tax rate of -45% (2023: 27%). This represents a tax charge on a loss before

tax. If the impact from the removal of the tax deduction for building depreciation was

excluded from the tax calculation the tax credit for the year would be $1.4 million

which equates to an effective tax rate of 21%. Excluding the impact of building

depreciation, the Group’s effective tax rate is lower than the New Zealand statutory

corporate tax rate of 28% due principally to expenses of a capital nature in New Zealand,

and the tax impact of the property sale in ENZAFRUIT New Zealand (CONTINENT).

7. Taxation

Income tax

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be

recovered from or paid to the relevant taxation authorities based on the current

period’s taxable income and any adjustments in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided on all temporary differences at the balance date between

the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial

reporting purposes.

Income tax is recognised in the income statement apart from when it relates to

items recognised directly in other comprehensive income or equity, in which case

it is recognised in other comprehensive income or equity.

(A) Taxation on loss before income tax

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Current tax expense(20,518)(1,759)

Deferred tax credit17,46119,413

Total(3,057)17,654

In addition to the Group tax credit/(charge), tax of $12.4 million is credited (2023: $0.1

million charged) directly to other comprehensive income.

T&G Global Annual Report 202487

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
The impact of these items is partially offset by the different corporate tax rates applicable for T&G’s subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions and prior year Californian state

tax refunds received. In 2023, the rate of 27% was due principally to not recognising tax losses in Fruitmark Pty Limited or Enzafruit Peru S.A.C and expenses of a capital nature

in New Zealand, partially offset by the different corporate tax rates applicable for T&G’s subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions.

(C) Deferred taxation

Balance of temporary differences

Property,

plant and

equipment

$’000

Intangible

assets

$’000

Biological

assets

$’000

Provisions

and

accruals

$’000

Unrelieved

trading

losses

$’000

Other

$’000

Total

$’000

2023

Balance as at 1 January(33,818)(1,785)(7,987)3,63414,877(2)(25,081)

Recognised in income statement prior year(791) – (139)531(2,059)(66)(2,524)

Recognised in income statement4,2704111882,57916,105(1,615)21,938

Recognised in equity3,623 – – – – (1,213)2,410

Foreign exchange movements(118)(40) – 63(2)(151)

Balance as at 31 December(26,834)(1,414)(7,938)6,75028,926(2,898)(3,408)

2024

Balance as at 1 January(26,834) (1,414)(7,938) 6,750 28,926 (2,898)(3,408)

Recognised on acquisition(85) (184) (106) – – – (375)

Recognised in income statement prior year(215) – – (522)(579)295(1,021)

Recognised in income statement(5,505)537(1,281)(1,579)26,625(312)18,485

Recognised in equity2,020 – – (29) – – 1,991

Foreign exchange movements(244)(89) – 17957(16)(113)

Balance as at 31 December(30,863)(1,150)(9,325)4,79955,029(2,931)15,559

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities

on a net basis. Net deferred tax balance of $15.6 million (2023: $3.4 million) is represented by deferred tax assets of $19.6 million (2023: $2.6 million) and deferred tax liabilities

of $4 million (2023: $6 million). The Unrelieved Trading Losses of $55 million largely comprises New Zealand carried forward tax losses incurred in the current and prior

periods. It is expected there will be sufficient future earnings in New Zealand to utilise the deferred tax assets in New Zealand.

7. Taxation continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202488

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Expected settlement

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Deferred tax assets expected to be settled within

12 months(4,526)27,737

Deferred tax liabilities expected to be settled in more

than 12 months20,085(31,145)

Total15,559(3,408)

(D) Imputation credits

The Group has a negative imputation credit account balance of $0.4 million as at

31 December 2024 (2023: $0.4 million positive balance).

(E) Additional tax disclosures

At the reporting date, the Group had unrecognised tax losses from its Peru operations

that arose between 2020 and 2022 of approximately $4.7 million (2023: $4.3 million)

which are available for offset against future Peru profits. The losses will all expire in

2025. The Group also has unrecognised losses from its Fruitmark Australia business

which ceased trading in 2023 of approximately $0.8 million (2023: $0.6 million) which

are available indefinitely for offset against future profits in the Fruitmark Australia

business.

Removal of building depreciation (New Zealand)

During the year, the New Zealand Government passed legislation to remove

commercial building depreciation for tax purposes. As a result, the Group’s deferred

tax liabilities have increased by $4.5 million with a one-off tax expense of $4.5 million

recognised, as the tax base of the Group’s buildings in New Zealand reduced to nil.

Operating assets

This section describes the assets used to operate the business and generate

revenue for the Group. Operating assets include biological assets, property, plant

and equipment, and intangible assets.

8. Biological assets

Biological assets consists of unharvested fruit growing on bearer plants, and are

stated at fair value based on their present location and condition less estimated point-

of-sale costs. Any gain or loss from changes in the fair value of biological assets is

recognised in the income statement.

Point-of-sale costs include all other costs that would be necessary to sell the assets.

The fair value of the Group’s apples, tomatoes, citrus, blueberries, and stone fruit

are determined by management using a discounted cash flow approach.

Costs are based on current average costs and referenced back to industry

standard costs. The costs are variable depending on the location, planting and

the variety of the biological asset. A suitable discount rate has been determined

in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. The fair value of

biological assets at or before the point of harvest is based on the value of the

estimated market price of the estimated volumes produced, net of harvesting

and growing costs. Changes in the estimates and assumptions supporting the

valuations could have a material impact on the carrying value of biological assets

and reported profit.

7. Taxation continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202489

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
The following significant assumptions and considerations have been taken into

account in determining the fair value of the Group’s biological assets:

■Forecasts for the following year based on management’s view of projected cash

flows, including sales and margins, adjusted for inflation, location and variety of

crops.

■The Group has unhedged projected cash flows from sales in foreign currencies.

These have been translated to the Group’s functional currency at average

exchange rates sourced from financial institutions based on forecasted sales

profiles.

■Discount rates to adjust for risks inherent to the crop, including natural events,

disease or any other adverse factors that may impact the quality, yield or price.

■Any significant changes to management of the crop in the current and following

year.

Valuation process

Within the Group’s finance team are individuals who work closely with the Group’s

key biological asset categories during the year. These finance team members are

also responsible for performing valuations of the Group’s biological assets for

financial reporting purposes.

Discussions of valuation processes and results are held between the Chief Financial

Officer and the finance team at least once every six months, in line with the Group’s

reporting requirements.

The main level 3 inputs used by the Group are derived and evaluated as follows:

■Production yields, including tray carton equivalents per hectare and tonnes per

hectare, are determined based on historical production trends for each orchard

and forecasted expected yields based on the underlying age and health of the

orchards.

■Annual gate prices represent management’s assessment of expected future

returns for the biological assets based on historical trends, current market

pricing, and known market factors at balance date.

■Discount rates are determined by reference to historical trends and loss events,

and an assessment of the time value of money and any risks specific for the

current crop being valued.

■The fair value of biological assets and the level 3 inputs to the fair value model

are analysed at the end of each reporting period.

As part of the analysis, the level 3 inputs are reviewed and assessed for

reasonableness with reference to current market conditions. The calculated fair

value of biological assets is also reviewed to determine if it is a fair reflection of

management’s expected returns for each crop type.

The cash outflows used in the fair value calculation include notional cash flows for

land and bearer plants owned by the Group. They are based on market rent payable

for orchards of similar size.

8. Biological assets continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202490

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Apples

$’000

Tomatoes

$’000

Citrus

$’000

Blueberries

$’000

Stone fruit

$’000

Total

$’000

2023

Balance at 1 January 21,455 3,504 1,941 702

– 27,602

Capitalised costs 20,248 – 5,378 1,800

– 27,426

Change in fair value less costs to sell (1,238) 4,522 2,004 1,013

– 6,301

Decrease due to harvest (20,476) (4,223) (6,987) (1,394)

– (33,080)

Balance at 31 December 19,989 3,803 2,336 2,121

– 28,249

2024

Balance at 1 January 19,989 3,803 2,336 2,121 – 28,249

Capitalised costs 19,102 – 8,560 1,999 (235) 29,426

Change in fair value less costs to sell 1,368 1,165 633 1,681 1,874 6,721

Decrease due to harvest (19,851) (813) (7,104)(195) (173) (28,136)

Balance at 31 December 20,608 4,155 4,425 5,606 1,466 36,260

8. Biological assets continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202491

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
8. Biological assets continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202492

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Fair value measurement

Techniques applied by the Group which are used to value biological assets are considered to be level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Inputs are not based on observable

market data (that is, unobservable inputs). There have been no transfers between levels during the year.

The unobservable inputs used by the Group to fair value its biological assets are detailed below:

ProduceUnobservable inputs

Range of unobservable inputs

20242023

ApplesTray carton equivalent (TCE) per hectare per annum288 to 3,06881 to 3,380

Weighted average TCE per hectare per annum 1,663 1,264

Export prices per export TCE$14.20 to $76.32$26 to $64

Weighted average export prices per export TCE per annum$35.50$33.74

Risk-adjusted discount rate31%31%

TomatoesTonnes per hectare per annum233 to 480129 to 480

Weighted average tonnes per hectare per annum327329

Annual price per kilogram (kg) per season$1.80 to $26.07$1.57 to $25.77

Weighted average price per kg per season$6.47$6.01

Risk-adjusted discount rate27%27%

CitrusTonnes per hectare per annum 37 31

Weighted average tonnes per hectare per annum 37 31

Annual gate price per tonne per season$2,158 to $4,166$553 to $3,314

Weighted average gate price per tonne per season$3,019$1,958

Risk-adjusted discount rate25%25%

BlueberriesTonnes per hectare per annum5.32 to 8.192.9 to 6.5

Weighted average tonnes per hectare per annum7.0 24.9

Annual gate price per kg per season$14.51 to $88$8.00 to $30.80

Weighted average gate price per kg per season$25.52$21.76

Risk-adjusted discount rate22%22%

Notes to the financial statements continued
ProduceUnobservable inputs

Range of unobservable inputs

20242023

Stone fruitTonnes per hectare per annum39 to 300 –

Weighted average tonnes per hectare per annum 157 –

Annual gate price per tonne per season$4.31 to $20 –

Weighted average gate price per tonne per season $8.57 –

Risk-adjusted discount rate27% –

8. Biological assets continued

As the yield per hectare and gate price or export price per TCE increases, the fair

value of biological assets increases. As the discount rate used increases, the fair value

of biological assets decreases.

For the Group’s apples crop, an increase or decrease of 10% in the discount rate

would result in a fair value change of $1.1 million (2023: 10% change in discount rate

would result in fair value change of $1.0 million and $1.1 million respectively).

For the Group’s tomatoes, citrus, blueberry and stone fruit crops, an increase or

decrease of 10% in the discount rate would not have a material impact on the fair

value of the crop.

For the Group’s apples crop, an increase or decrease of 10% in volumes would result

in a fair value change of $2.1 million (2023: 10% increase or decrease in volumes

would result in a fair value change of $3.3 million). For the Group’s tomatoes crop,

an increase or decrease of 10% in volume would result in a fair value change of

$1.5 million (2023: 10% increase or decrease in volumes would result in a fair value

change of $2.2 million and $2.1 million respectively).

For the citrus, blueberry and stone fruit crops, an increase or decrease of 10% in

volumes would not have a material impact on the fair value of the crop.

Risk

Being involved in agricultural activity, the Group is exposed to financial risks arising

from adverse climatic or natural events that could impact on the Group’s biological

assets through damage to crop caused by severe weather events. As a result of

severe weather events in prior years, in 2023 the Group increased its discount rates

used to calculate the fair value of its biological assets. The discount rates were

assessed in the current year and were deemed appropriate.

The Group continues to work with research partners to develop and commercialise

new categories of fruit that can thrive in a warming climate, for example, apples

branded as TUTTI™, the world’s first specifically bred hot climate-tolerant apple variety.

Financial risk also arises through adverse changes in market prices or volumes

harvested, and adverse movements in foreign exchange rates.

Price risk is minimised by close monitoring of commodity prices and factors that

influence those commodity prices. The Group also takes reasonable measures to

ensure that harvests are not affected by climatic and natural events, disease, or any

other factors that may negatively impact on the quality and yield of crop. Foreign

currency risk is mitigated by using derivative instruments such as foreign currency

hedging contracts to hedge foreign currency exposure.

T&G Global Annual Report 202493

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
9. Non-current assets classified as held for sale

Non-current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of the asset’s

previous carrying amount and its fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets

are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a

sale transaction rather than through continuing use.

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Commercial land and buildings 8,280 11,100

Investment in associate 18,217 –

Total 26,497 11,100

5125 Roxburgh, Ettrick Road, Ettrick, Central Otago District

In February 2024, the Group’s management committed to sell the commercial

land and building at 5125 Roxburgh, Ettrick Road, Ettrick, Central Otago. On

reclassification of the property as a non-current asset held for sale, the net book value

of the property was reduced to market value less costs to sell, with $1.47 million being

adjusted through asset revaluation reserves.

The property remains unsold as at 31 December 2024, though the Group’s

management remains committed to the sale in the upcoming financial year.

Management has assessed that the property still meets the requirements of being

classified as held for sale, and therefore continues to classify the property as a non-

current asset held for sale as at 31 December 2024.

24.39% Investment in Grandview Brokerage LLC

In August 2024, the Group’s management committed to sell 24.39% of its investment

in Grandview Brokerage LLC for $18.22 million. The sale was completed on 1 January

2025.

Activity on productive owned and leased land

The productive owned and leased land growing different types of biological assets by

agricultural product types are detailed in the table below:

HectaresProduction units

Unit

measure2024202320242023

Apples422444744,148 573,336 TCE

Tomatoes24247,934,818 8,463,825 kg

Citrus90903,288,993 2,778,756 kg

Blueberries3419238,228 94,888 kg

Stone fruit156 – 116 – kg

8. Biological assets continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202494

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Commercial land and improvements, orchard land and improvements, and buildings

are stated at their fair value less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

All other items of property, plant and equipment are stated at their cost less

accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Revaluations

The Group’s policy is to revalue commercial land and improvements, orchard land

and improvements, and buildings every three years with valuations being performed

by independent registered valuers based on the price that would be received to

sell the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants under current

market conditions. Valuation assessments are performed earlier than every three

years if market evidence suggests that property values have moved materially since

the time of the last valuation assessment.

All property valuers used are members of the New Zealand Institute of Valuers,

with the exception of the valuers appointed in Belgium and the United Kingdom who

have the appropriate expertise as required in those jurisdictions.

The revaluations are conducted on a systematic basis across the Group so that

the asset revaluations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the

carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined

using fair value at balance date. Where valuations are not obtained for land and

improvements, and buildings, the carrying values of these assets are reassessed for

any material change.

Any revaluation increase arising on the revaluation of such land and buildings is

credited to the properties revaluation reserve, except to the extent that it reverses

a revaluation decrease for the same asset previously recognised as an expense, in

which case the increase is credited to profit or loss to the extent of the decrease

previously expensed. A decrease in carrying amount arising on the revaluation of

such land and buildings is charged as an expense to the extent that it exceeds the

balance, if any, held in the properties revaluation reserve relating to a previous

revaluation of that asset.

Depreciation

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, other than commercial and orchard

land which is not depreciated, is calculated on a straight-line basis so as to expense

the cost of the assets, or the revalued amounts, to their expected residual values

over their useful lives as follows:

AssetTime

■Commercial land improvements15 to 50 years

■Orchard land improvements15 to 50 years

■Buildings15 to 50 years

■Bearer plants7 to 40 years

■Glasshouses33 years

■Motor vehicles5 to 7 years

■Plant and equipment and hire containers3 to 15 years

Impairment

Items of property, plant and equipment are assessed for indicators of impairment

at each reporting date. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit

or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case

the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease and to the extent that

the impairment loss is greater than the related revaluation surplus, the excess

impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.

10. Property, plant and equipment

T&G Global Annual Report 202495

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Commercial

land and

improvements

$’000

Orchard

land and

improvements

$’000

Buildings

$’000

Bearer

plants

$’000

Glasshouses

$’000

Motor

vehicles

$’000

Plant and

equipment

and hire

containers

$’000

Work in

progress

$’000

Total

$’000

At 1 January 2023

Cost or valuation36,42261,04393,18044,44129,0126,862152,843114,037537,840

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(626)(962)(2,458)(8,986)(15,838)(4,706)(103,187) – (136,763)

Net carrying amounts 35,79660,08190,72235,4551 3 ,1742,15649,656114,037401,077

Year ended 31 December 2023

Opening net carrying amounts35,79660,08190,72235,4551 3 ,1742,15649,656114,037401,077

Additions2371823,6022234327984,06658,97068,510

Reclassifications10,995(4,205)56,91410,018 – – 34,710(108,432) –

Depreciation(1,186)(795)(7,124)(2,390)(1,021)(722)(10,901) – (24,139)

Disposals(134)(879)(723)(9,023)(8)(122)(2,362)(11,109)(24,360)

Revaluations39(4,502)(24,457) – – – – – (28,920)

Depreciation write back on revaluations1,0092986,549 – – – – – 7,856

Foreign exchange movements205 – 526 – – (66)3099983

Closing net carrying amounts46,96150,180126,00934,28312,5772,04475,47853,475401,007

At 31 December 2023

Cost or valuation47,77651,426128,82044,10027,6006,971185,04953,475545,217

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(815)(1,246)(2,811)(9,817)(15,023)(4,927)(109,571) – (144,210)

Net carrying amounts 46,96150,180126,00934,28312,5772,04475,47853,475401,007

10. Property, plant and equipment continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202496

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Commercial

land and

improvements

$’000

Orchard

land and

improvements

$’000

Buildings

$’000

Bearer

plants

$’000

Glasshouses

$’000

Motor

vehicles

$’000

Plant and

equipment

and hire

containers

$’000

Work in

progress

$’000

Total

$’000

Year ended 31 December 2024

Opening net carrying amounts 46,961 50,180 126,009 34,283 12,577 2,044 75,478 53,475 401,007

Additions 13 28 910 2,396 165 341 9,425 32,395 45,673

Reclassifications 5 1,685 516 390 1,894 – 4,897 (9,387) –

Depreciation (1,388) (872) (5,598) (2,652) (961) (659) (13,853) – (25,983)

Disposals (721) (444) (5,854) (50) – (106) (886) (307)(8,368)

Transfer to asset held for sale (723) – (7,557) – – – – – (8,280)

Foreign exchange movements 463 – 245 – – 18 1,997 162 2,885

Closing net carrying amounts 44,610 50,577 108,671 34,367 13,675 1,638 77,058 76,338 406,934

At 31 December 2024

Cost or valuation46,80652,586117,25546,77529,6596,346195,19676,338570,961

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(2,196)(2,009)(8,584)(12,408)(15,984)(4,708)(118,138) – (164,027)

Net carrying amounts 44,61050,577108,67134,36713,6751,63877,05876,338406,934

Included in property, plant and equipment is a farm in Chile that the Group previously held as collateral on a loan to a growing partner in Peru. During the year, the growing

partner defaulted on the loan resulting in the derecognition of the loan receivable, and the recognition of the farm at fair value in line with the requirements of NZ IFRS 9

Financial Instruments. At 31 December 2024, the fair value of the farm was $6 million.

10. Property, plant and equipment continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202497

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Revaluations

The methods and valuation techniques used for assessing the current market

value of commercial land and improvements, orchard land and improvements,

and buildings by external valuers are disclosed on the following page. Changes in

the estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation approaches could have

a material effect on the carrying amounts of the properties, with changes in value

reflected either in other comprehensive income or through the income statement

as appropriate in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy.

The following table presents the valuers and valuation techniques of the most recent

valuation of the Group’s commercial land and improvements, and buildings. The last

revaluation was carried out in the prior year between October and December 2023.

PropertyValuer

Depreciation replacement cost / market comparison

approach

153 Harrisville Road, Tuakau, WaikatoTelfer Young

292 Harrisville Road, Tuakau, Waikato Telfer Young

133 Lynd Road, Ōhaupō, WaipaTelfer Young

3057 Broadlands Road, Broadlands, RotoruaTelfer Young

655 Main Road, Riwaka, MotuekaDuke and Cooke

PropertyValuer

Depreciation replacement cost / market comparison

approach/ income capitalisation approach

2 Anderson Road, Whakatu, HastingsLogan Stone

Market comparison approach

Apple Way, Pinchbeck, Spalding, United KingdomJones Lang LaSalle

The following table presents the valuers and valuation techniques of the most recent

valuation of the Group’s orchard land and improvements. The last revaluation was

carried out in June 2023.

PropertyValuer

Depreciation replacement cost / market comparison

approach

Kerikeri orchards, KerikeriLogan Stone

Apollo orchards, Heretaunga Plains, Hawke's BayLogan Stone

2 Anderson Road, WhakatuLogan Stone

Ormond Road, Twyford, HastingsLogan Stone

Raupare Road, Twyford, HastingsLogan Stone

101 Motueka River West Bank Road, Brooklyn, MotuekaDuke and Cooke

10. Property, plant and equipment continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202498

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
The principal valuation approaches used by the valuers during their valuations of

commercial land and improvements, orchard land and improvements, and buildings,

and the impact of a change in a significant unobservable valuation input are described

below:

Principal valuation approach and

description of approach

Relationships of

unobservable inputs

to fair value

Depreciation replacement cost approach

Under this approach, a cost to replace improvements

with modern equivalents is established. From

this, an allowance is deducted to allow for market-

based depreciation, encompassing physical

deterioration, functional obsolescence and economic

obsolescence. To the value of improvements, an

estimate of market value of land is added.

The higher the replacement

cost after adjustments, the

higher the fair value.

Discounted cash flow approach

This approach is based on the future projection of

rental income cash flows discounted back to their

present value, with inputs which include:

Discount rates at 9.3%The higher the discount rate,

the lower the fair value.

Terminal yield rate at 10.5%The higher the terminal yield

rate, the lower the fair value.

Investment horizon of 10 yearsThe longer the investment

horizon, the higher the fair

value.

Rental growth estimated at between 0% and 6.7%

per annum

The higher the rental growth

rate, the higher the fair value.

Principal valuation approach and

description of approach

Relationships of

unobservable inputs

to fair value

Income capitalisation approach

This approach capitalises the actual contract and /

or potential income at an appropriate market derived

rate of return. Capitalisation rates applied range from

6.7% to 8.8%.

The higher the capitalisation

rate, the lower the fair value.

Market comparison approach

This approach considers the sales of comparable

properties. These sales are analysed on the basis

of land value per square meter after allowing for

any improvements. Comparison against the subject

property includes making adjustments where

necessary for differences in:

■Availability of services and access

■Planning considerations

■Size, shape and contour

■Location

The higher the sale price

per square metre after

adjustments, the higher the

fair value.

10. Property, plant and equipment continued

T&G Global Annual Report 202499

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Land and buildings at historical cost

If land and buildings were carried under the cost model, their carrying amounts would

be as follows:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Commercial land and improvements

Cost 20,41821,129

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(10,329)(8,946)

Net carrying amount10,08912,183

Orchard land and improvements

Cost 41,67240,514

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(21,413)(20,650)

Net carrying amount20,25919,864

Buildings

Cost 126,599130,577

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(48,146)(42,961)

Net carrying amount78,45387,616

Fair value measurement

Techniques applied by the Group which are used to value certain classes of

property, plant and equipment are considered to be level 3 in the fair value

hierarchy. Inputs are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable

inputs). There have been no transfers between levels during the year.

The following values represent fair value at the time of valuation, plus additions

and less disposals and accumulated depreciation, since the date of valuations.

Management have assessed that these values represent fair value.

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Commercial land and improvements44,61046,961

Orchard land and improvements50,57750,180

Buildings108,671126,009

Total203,858223,150

10. Property, plant and equipment continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024100

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
11. Intangible assets

Intangible assets, except for goodwill acquired by the Group, are stated at cost

less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Software, licences and capitalised costs of developing systems are recorded as

intangible assets, unless they are directly related to a specific item of hardware

and recorded as property, plant and equipment, and are amortised over a period

of three to eight years. Costs relating to Software-as-a-Service arrangements that

only provide the Group the right to access the suppliers software are expensed as

incurred.

Acquired brands are amortised over their anticipated useful lives of 10 to 25 years

where they have a finite life.

Goodwill is recorded at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill

and any other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for

impairment at each balance date.

Climate considerations

The Group has identified climate-related risks that could impact on the Group’s

property, plant, and equipment through damage to commercial and orchard land and

buildings due to severe weather events, or decline in the value of the Group’s bearer

plants as existing crop could be grown in areas with declining land suitability for

horticultural activity.

In the prior year, the Group wrote off assets damaged as a result of Cyclone

Gabrielle and also incurred higher insurance costs to ensure it had optimal insurance

programmes in place. The Group continually assesses its risk in this area and looks

for opportunities to diversify growing regions or invest in new crop varieties that will

thrive in hot and warming climates. Continued investment in protection structures,

such as hail netting, also mitigates the risk of damage through severe weather events.

10. Property, plant and equipment continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024101

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Goodwill

$’000

Software

$’000

Plant variety

rights

$’000

Other

intangibles

$’000

Total

$’000

At 1 January 2023

Cost50,98237,7121,40023,306113,400

Accumulated amortisation – (22,404)(244)(14,014)(36,662)

Net carrying amounts50,98215,3081,1569,29276,738

Year ended 31 December 2023

Opening carrying amounts50,98215,3081,1569,29276,738

Additions – 5,2032552,1027,560

Amortisation – (2,435)(91)(2,210)(4,736)

Reclassifications – 183 – (183) –

Disposals – – – (92)(92)

Foreign exchange movements1844 – 160222

Net carrying amounts51,00018,3031,3209,06979,692

At 31 December 2023

Cost51,00043,2461,65425,369121,269

Accumulated amortisation – (24,943)(334)(16,300)(41,577)

Net carrying amounts51,00018,3031,3209,06979,692

11. Intangible assets continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024102

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Goodwill

$’000

Software

$’000

Plant variety

rights

$’000

Other

intangibles

$’000

Total

$’000

Year ended 31 December 2024

Opening carrying amounts 51,000 18,303 1,320 9,069 79,692

Additions 37 2,045 – 2,025 4,107

Amortisation – (2,388) (92) (1,840) (4,320)

Reclassifications – (2) – – (2)

Disposals – (213) ––(213)

Foreign exchange movements 121 (477) – 340 (16)

Net carrying amounts 51,158 17,268 1,228 9,594 79,248

At 31 December 2024

Cost 51,158 44,882 1,655 27,989 125,684

Accumulated amortisation – (27,614) (427) (18,395) (46,436)

Net carrying amounts 51,158 17,268 1,228 9,594 79,248

11. Intangible assets continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024103

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Impairment tests for goodwill

The discount rate used for the purposes of goodwill impairment testing is based

on a calculated weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks specific to the

cash-generating units. The weighted average cost of capital is based on the cost

of debt and cost of equity weighted accordingly between the relative percentages

of debt and equity. The cost of debt is the actual cost of debt and the cost of

equity is calculated using the capital asset pricing model.

Goodwill held by the Group relates to acquisitions of Status Produce Limited, the

Delica Group (including cash-generating units of Delica Limited, Delica Australia Pty

Limited and T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty Limited), Worldwide Fruit Limited and Freshmax

New Zealand Limited.

Goodwill

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

ENZAFruit New Zealand Limited1,3951,395

Delica Australia Pty Limited3,4083,331

T&G Fresh - Covered Crops8,6998,699

T&G Fresh - Markets30,09430,057

T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty Limited1,6731,629

Worldwide Fruit Limited5,8895,889

Total51,15851,000

The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based

on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates as

to future profitability of the relevant cash-generating units to which goodwill has

been allocated and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the

present value of those cash flows, based on the last approved budget projected

for a further three years plus a terminal value at the end of the fourth year.

The key assumptions used for the value-in-use calculations are as follows:

EBIT

growth rate

Discount

rate

Terminal

growth rate

202420232024202320242023

Cash-generating units

ENZAFruit New Zealand

Limited2.00%33.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%2.50%

Delica Australia Pty Limited2.00%3.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%3.00%

T&G Fresh - Covered Crops2.00%4.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%4.00%

T&G Fresh - Markets2.00%4.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%4.00%

T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty

Limited2.00%3.00%9.70%9.00%2.00%3.00%

Worldwide Fruit Limited2.36%2.00%11.90%11.50%2.36%2.00%

The calculations support the carrying amount of recorded goodwill. Management

believes that any reasonable change in the key assumptions used in the calculations

would not cause the carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount.

11. Intangible assets continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024104

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Climate considerations

The Group has identified climate-related risks that could impact on

the Group’s intangible assets through impairment of goodwill and

plant variety rights if the Group’s current key crop varieties reduce

in viability due to the warming climate. The Group’s operations were

impacted by Cyclone Gabrielle in the 2023 financial year, though this

did not lead to any impairment of the Group’s intangible assets in the

previous financial year.

The Group is the strategic commercialisation partner of the Hot

Climate Partnership, and in 2023, commercially launched the world’s

first specifically bred hot climate-tolerant apple. It will continue

looking for opportunities to harness unique plant varieties to mitigate

the risk of crop variety obsolescence due to the impact of climate-

related risk.

Funding

This section focuses on how the Group funds its operations and manages its

capital structure.

12. Leases

The Group as a lessee

The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment. The Group recognises

a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease

arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases and leases

of low-value assets where the Group recognises the lease payments as an other

operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Right-of-use (ROU) assets

ROU assets comprise of the initial measurement of the corresponding lease

liability, lease payments made at or before the commencement date and any

initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated

depreciation and impairment losses.

Wherever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a

leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset

to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is

recognised and measured under NZ IAS 37

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and

Contingent Asset

. The costs are included in the related ROU asset, unless those

costs are incurred to produce inventories.

ROU assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life

of the underlying asset. The estimated useful lives of ROU assets are determined

on the same basis as similar owned assets within property, plant and equipment.

Depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

11. Intangible assets continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024105

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
The Group applies NZ IAS 36 Impairment of Assets to determine whether a ROU

asset is impaired and accounts for any identified loss under the same policy adopted

for property, plant and equipment.

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the

measurement of the lease liability and ROU asset. The related payments are

recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers

those payments occurs and are included in other operating expenses in the income

statement.

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments

that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted by using the rate

implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses its

incremental borrowing rate (IBR).

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

■Fixed lease payments, less any lease incentives;

■Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using

the index or rate at the commencement date;

■The exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to

exercise the options; and

■Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the

exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

Lease liabilities are presented as a separate line in the balance sheet and are

subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on

the lease (using the effective interest method) and reducing the carrying amount to

reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability if:

■The lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of

a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting

the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;

■Lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate, in which case the

lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the

initial discount rate; or

■A lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a

separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the

revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

12. Leases continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024106

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Key judgement areas include:

■The discount rates applied; and

■The assessment of whether options to extend or terminate a lease will be

exercised.

Discount rates used include the Group’s IBR. The Group’s IBR is the average of the

borrowing rates obtained from financial institutions as if the Group had purchased

the leased asset, with the term of the borrowing similar to the lease term. The

weighted average rate applied for each leased asset class are:

Asset20242023

■Orchard land8.57%8.57%

■Property8.57%8.57%

■Glasshouses8.57%8.57%

■Motor vehicles 4.73%4.73%

■Plant and equipment 6.70%6.70%

The assessment of whether a lease contract will be extended or terminated at the

end of the lease contract is dependent on the asset class and type. For property

leases, this will be determined by the Group’s intention to exercise a contractual

right of renewal at the end of the initial lease term.

The Group has applied the following practical expedients when entering into a new

lease:

■The use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with similar

characteristics;

■Not recognising ROU assets and liabilities for leases with a term of less than

12 months;

■Not recognising ROU assets and liabilities if the underlying leased asset is

considered a low-value asset; and

■For short-term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value

assets, the Group has opted to recognise a lease expense on a straight-line basis

as permitted by NZ IFRS 16. This expense is presented within other operating

expenses in the income statement.

12. Leases continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024107

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Right-of-use assets

Orchard land

$’000

Property

$’000

Glasshouses

$’000

Motor

vehicles

$’000

Plant and

equipment

$’000

Total

$’000

2023

As at 1 January 202324,26994,01218211,9195,960136,342

Additions14,34121,3081,4897,9284,66249,728

Terminations (net)(2,958)(3,333) – (475)(1,032)(7,798)

Depreciation expense(2,699)(16,821)(444)(7,336)(2,454)(29,754)

Foreign exchange movements(36)30 – 87(7)74

As at 31 December 202332,91795,1961,22712,1237,129148,592

2024

As at 1 January 202432,91795,1961,22712,1237,1 2 9148,592

Additions8,61926,0445910,3013,67948,702

Terminations (net)(202)(194) – (347)(12)(755)

Depreciation expense(1,859)(15,972)(507)(7,095)(2,661)(28,094)

Foreign exchange movements36476 – 28210678

As at 31 December 202439,839105,15077915,0108,345169,123

12. Leases continued

Climate considerations

The Group has identified climate-related risks that could impact on the carrying value of the Group’s right-of-use assets through either damage to growing operations as a

result of severe weather events, or decline in land suitability for growing existing crop categories due to adverse temperature changes.

The Group continues to explore diversification of growing regions to mitigate the impact of decline in land suitability and damage as a result of severe weather events.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024108

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Lease liabilities - current and non-current

2024

$’000

2023

(1)

$’000

Lease liabilities

Less than one year24,53123,706

Between one and two years21,97218,430

Between two and three years21,52215,607

Between three and four years20,54315,113

Between four and five years17,56814,633

More than five years92,34888,033

Total lease liabilities198,484175,522

Current24,53123,706

Non-current173,953151,816

(1)

Prior period comparatives have been re-presented to ensure consistency in the composition of lease liabilities.

The Group leases various items of property, plant and equipment under non-

cancellable operating leases expiring within a month to 25 years. The leases have

varying terms and with no renewal option to purchase in respect of the leased

operating plant and equipment in the financial year ended 31 December 2024.

Amounts recognised in the income statement

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Expenses

Depreciation of right-of-use assets628,09429,754

Interest expense on lease liabilities1412,46710,773

Short-term leases3,8833,515

Leases of low-value assets768451

The total cash outflow for leases in 2024 was $37.5 million (2023: $37.4 million).

12. Leases continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024109

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
13. Loans and borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less directly attributable

transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are stated at

amortised cost using the effective interest method.

2024

$’000

2023

(1)

$’000

Current

Secured borrowings 196,177 32,639

Total 196,177 32,639

Non-current

Secured borrowings 1 151,814

Borrowings from Ultimate Parent 18,842 11,330

Total 18,843 163,144

(1)

Prior period comparatives have been re-presented to ensure consistency in the composition of loans and borrowings.

Borrowings from the Ultimate Parent relate to a $24 million (2023: $24 million)

subordinated facility with an expiry date of 3 August 2026 (2023: 3 August 2026).

Interest on these borrowings is charged at a rate of 8.75% per annum (2023: 10% per

annum).

Reclassification of non-current borrowings

As at 31 December 2024, the Group reclassified $180 million of its recently renewed

term debt facility from non-current borrowings to current borrowings. This was done

on the basis that the waiver provided by the banks does not provide a period of grace

to rectify the breach for at least twelve months from the end of the reporting period,

and therefore the debt has been reclassified as current as discussed in Note 1 and

Note 2.

Interest rates

As at 31 December 2024, the weighted average interest rate on the secured and

unsecured borrowings is 5.85% (2023: 7.33%), fixed for periods up to 3 months

(2023: 3 months).

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Secured and unsecured borrowings repayment schedule

Within one year196,17732,639

Between one and two years18,843163,144

Total215,020195,783

Security and bank facilities

The banking facilities for the 2024 year are as follows:

Amount

$’000Expiry date

Banking facilities in New Zealand

Term debt facility - A170,00004 Jul 2026

Term debt facility - A270,00004 Jul 2026

Seasonal facility120,00031 Dec 2025

Money market facility40,00004 Jul 2026

Overdraft facility3,000Uncommitted

Term debt facility - D40,00004 Jul 2026

Banking facilities in the United Kingdom

Term debt facility68931 Jul 2025

Term debt facility4,47431 May 2026

As at 31 December 2024, the Group had a term debt facility from the Bank of

New Zealand, HSBC, Rabobank and Westpac amounting to $180 million (2023: $180

million). The seasonal facility is renewed annually and is not drawn as at 31 December

2024. $15.5 million of the money market facility was drawn as at 31 December 2024

(2023: $33 million).

T&G Global Annual Report 2024110

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
14. Net financing expenses

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Financing income

Interest income5,4064,090

Total5,4064,090

Financing expenses

Interest expense on borrowings(21,481)(17,577)

Effective interest on long-term receivables(51)(1,321)

Interest expense on lease liabilities(12,467)(10,773)

Capitalised interest – 1,018

Bank fees(237)(271)

Total(34,236)(28,924)

Net financing expenses(28,830)(24,834)

15. Capital and reserves

Share capital

2024

shares

2023

shares

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Balance at 31 December122,543,204122,543,204176,357176,357

All ordinary shares on issue are fully paid and have no par value. All ordinary shares

rank equally with one vote attached to each fully paid ordinary share. There are no

other classes of shares issued and no ordinary shares were issued during the year.

Revaluation and other reserves

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Asset revaluation reserve

Balance at 1 January 84,948109,699

Movements in asset revaluation reserve(4,165)–

Loss on revaluation of property, plant and equipment – (21,128)

Deferred tax effect on revaluation of property, plant and

equipment–3,824

Deferred tax effect of movements in asset revaluation

reserve2,236–

Transfer to retained earnings due to sale of property, plant

and equipment

(1)

(14,286)(7,246)

Deferred tax effect on sale of property, plant and equipment540(201)

Balance at 31 December69,27384,948

Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at 1 January3,265(2,068)

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations8,8305,333

Balance at 31 December12,0953,265

(1)

These transfers were a result of the sales of the Pukekohe and Belgian properties.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024111

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Cash flow hedge reserve

Balance at 1 January12,0837,590

Movements in fair value(34,402)7,7 7 0

Reclassification of net change in fair value(938)670

Taxation on reserve movements9,656(3,947)

Balance at 31 December(13,601)12,083

Total67,767100,296

Revaluation and other reserves consists of the following:

ReserveParticulars of reserve

Asset revaluation

reserve

This revaluation reserve accounts for movements in the fair

value of commercial land and improvements, orchard land

and improvements, and buildings.

Foreign currency

translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all

foreign exchange differences arising from the translation

of the financial statements of foreign operations into

New Zealand dollars.

Cash flow hedge reserveThe cash flow hedge reserve accounts for the fair value

movements of hedging instruments designated as cash

flow hedges.

16. Earnings per share

The earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share is net loss

after tax attributable to equity holders of the Parent of $16.0 million (2023: loss of

$51.2 million).

The weighted average number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted loss per

share is 122,543,204 shares (2023: 122,543,204 shares).

The basic and diluted loss per share is 13.0 cents (2023: loss per share 41.7 cents).

17. Dividends

2024202320242023

$’000$’000

Cents

per share

Cents

per share

Ordinary shares

Dividends to non-controlling

interests in Group subsidiaries5,3795,668 – –

Total5,3795,668

15. Capital and reserves continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024112

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
18. Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

The below table details changes in the Group’s liabilities from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes.

Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group’s statement of cash flows from

financing activities.

NOTEBalance at

1 January

2023

$’000

Non-cash

changes

(1)

$’000

Financing

cash flows

(2)

$’000

Balance at

31 December

2023

$’000

Borrowings

Secured borrowings13147,478(1,407)38,382184,453

Loans from Ultimate Parent13 – 33011,00011,330

Lease liabilities12157,94054,965(37,383)175,522

Total305,41853,88811,999371,305

Other current liabilities

Deferred payments216837 – 105

Deferred payments to related parties21236 – – 236

Total30437 – 341

Total liabilities arising from financing activities305,72253,92511,999371,646

T&G Global Annual Report 2024113

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
NOTEBalance at

1 January

2024

$’000

Non-cash

changes

(1)

$’000

Financing cash

flows

(2)

$’000

Balance at

31 December

2024

$’000

Borrowings

Secured borrowings13184,45332111,404196,178

Loans from Ultimate Parent1311,3301,5126,00018,842

Lease liabilities12175,52260,506(37,544)198,484

Total371,30562,339(20,140)413,504

Other current liabilities

Deferred payments21105(105) – –

Deferred payments to related parties21236(236) – –

Total341(341) – –

Total liabilities arising from financing activities371,64661,998(20,140)413,504

(1)

Non-cash changes within lease liabilities relate to new leases entered into in the financial year, interest, lease modifications and reassessments of lease terms.

(2)

Financing cash flows are made up of the net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing activities in the statement of cash flows with the exception of dividends paid and bank facility fees and transaction fees, which do not result in liabilities on the balance sheet.

18. Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024114

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Working capital

This section reviews the level of working capital the Group generates through its

operating activities. The working capital items described below include trade and

other receivables, inventories, and trade and other payables.

19. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured

at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any expected credit loss

allowance.

The following categories of trade and other receivables are subject to the expected

credit loss model:

■Trade receivables

■Loan receivables

■Related party receivables including receivables from Ultimate Parent and

associates of the Ultimate Parent

■Receivables from joint ventures and associate

The Group applies the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses

which uses a lifetime expected credit loss allowance for trade receivables, related

party receivables and receivables from joint ventures and associate as they all

display the same risk profile. Related party receivables are mainly trade in nature

and are on terms consistent with external customers.

The measurement of expected credit losses is a function of the probability of

default, loss given default and the estimated exposure at default. The Group

considers an event of default as occurring when information obtained (internally

and externally) indicates a debtor (this includes trade receivables and receivables

from related parties) is unlikely to pay its creditors including the Group. The

assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical

data adjusted by forward looking information relating to the debtor and general

economic conditions of the debtors. As for the estimated exposure at default, this is

represented by the assets’ gross carrying amount at the reporting date.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024115

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Current

Gross trade receivables191,190167,370

Insurance receivables8,93611,778

Prepayments13,34316,479

GST and other taxes9,07 17,809

Receivables from joint ventures231,6071,059

Receivables from Ultimate Parent2512

Receivables from related parties25 – 1,408

Receivables from Ultimate Parent’s subsidiaries

and associate2563

Other receivables1,747327

Expected credit loss allowance(529)(9,425)

Total225,372196,810

Non-current

Trade receivables 24,62725,232

Other receivables6,96519,378

Total31,59244,610

Total trade and other receivables256,964241,420

Analysis of receivables

Gross receivablesExpected credit loss

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Not past due235,500231,466 – 8,036

Past due 1-30 days10,81410,134 – –

Past due 31-60 days3,5826821 –

Past due 61-90 days1,3721,3782020

Past due over 90 days6,2257,1855081,369

Total257,493250,8455299,425

Although the Group has a number of receivables aged more than 30 days past due,

the risk of financial loss is mitigated as the Group has a policy of only dealing with

creditworthy customers and requires security to be taken for advances to third

parties. Creditworthiness and customer limits are determined by reference to credit

ratings and country ratings provided by the Group’s credit insurer. The Group’s

exposure and the credit ratings of its customers are continuously monitored.

All trade and other receivables are individually reviewed regularly for impairment as

part of normal operating procedures and provided for where appropriate.

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Analysis of movements in the expected credit loss

allowance

Balance at 1 January9,4251,186

Net remeasurement of expected credit loss allowance427(42)

Change in expected credit loss allowance due to new trade

and other receivables(8,054)16,184

Amount written off during the year(1,269)(7,903)

Balance at 31 December5299,425

19. Trade and other receivables continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024116

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
The Group has numerous credit terms for various customers. These credit terms vary

depending on the services provided and the customer relationship. A receivable is

considered impaired if there has been any indication of significant financial difficulties

for the customer or default or late payments more than 90 days overdue, unless there

are prior arrangements.

The Group makes advances to customers, suppliers, joint ventures and associate.

All advances are within the agreed credit periods. The Group’s policy requires security

to be taken for advances to third parties. This security ranges from charges over

property and assets, to personal guarantees. The Group does not hold any collateral

over these balances.

Included in the provision for expected credit loss allowance are individually impaired

receivables amounting to $0.1 million (2023: $9.0 million) for certain balances being

past due. The remaining loss allowance balance represents the expected amount

of default from customers as well as advances made to customers, suppliers, joint

ventures and associate over their lifetime based on historical trends of defaults from

customers and forward looking information.

The following table details the risk profile of amounts due from customers based on

the Group’s provision matrix. As the Group’s historical credit loss experience does

not show significantly different loss patterns for different customer segments, the

provision for expected credit loss allowance based on past due status is not further

distinguished between the Group’s different customer base.

Trade receivables – days past due

Not past

due

$’000

Past due

1-30 days

$’000

Past due

31-60 days

$’000

Past due

61-90 days

$’000

Past due

over 90 days

$’000

Total

$’000

At 31 December 2024

Expected credit loss rate0.00%0.00%0.06%2.44%8.48%2.20%

Loss given default rate60%60%60%60%60%60%

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default235,500 10,814 3,582 1,372 6,225 257,493

Lifetime ECL – – 1 20 364 385

At 31 December 2023

Expected credit loss rate0.00%0.00%0.06%2.44%8.48%2.20%

Loss given default rate60%60%60%60%60%60%

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 231,466 10,134 682 1,378 7,185 250,845

Lifetime ECL – – – 20 365 385

19. Trade and other receivables continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024117

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
20. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out basis) or net realisable

value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of

business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Finished and semi-finished goods60,84860,086

Consumables (including packaging)5,6757,554

Balance at 31 December66,52367,640

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in ‘Purchases, raw

materials and consumables used’ in the income statement for the year ended

31 December 2024 amounted to $925.3 million (2023: $917.9 million).

21. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and then

subsequently measured at amortised cost.

NOTE2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Current

Trade payables98,20878,473

Employee entitlements13,71112,254

Accrued expenses42,60038,602

Payables to associate243,4582,024

Payables to related parties2541,11539,472

Payables to Ultimate and Immediate Parents25766343

Payables to Ultimate Parent’s subsidiaries and

associate2556135

Deferred payments – 105

Deferred payments to related parties25 – 236

Total199,914171,644

Non-current

Employee entitlements4543

Total4543

T&G Global Annual Report 2024118

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Group structure

This section provides information on the Group’s structure and the subsidiaries,

joint ventures and associates included in the consolidated financial statements.

22. Investments in subsidiaries

Significant subsidiaries of the Group are listed below:

Name of entity

Place of business and

country of incorporation

Ownership interest

(%)

Principal activity20242023

Delica LimitedNew Zealand100100Investment company

Delica Australia Pty LimitedAustralia100100Fruit exporter

Delica North America, Inc.United States of America5050Fruit exporter

Delica (Shanghai) Fruit Trading Company LimitedChina100100In-market services and fruit importer

ENZAFRUIT New Zealand (CONTINENT)Belgium100100Apple marketing

ENZAFRUIT New Zealand International LimitedNew Zealand100100Apple sales and marketing

ENZAFRUIT Peru S.A.CPeru100100Horticulture operations

ENZAFRUIT Products Inc.United States of America100100Fruit variety development and propagation

Fruit Distributors Limited

(1)

New Zealand100100Investment company

Fruitmark Pty LimitedAustralia100100Processed foods broking

T&G Berries Australia Pty LtdAustralia8585Fresh produce wholesale distributor and horticulture operations

T&G CarSol Asia PTE. LimitedSingapore5050In-market services and fruit importer

T&G Chile SpAChile100100In-market services and fruit importer

T&G EuropeFrance100100In-market services and fruit importer

T&G Fresh Produce PTE. LimitedSingapore100100In-market services and fruit importer

T&G Fruitmark HK LimitedHong Kong100100Processed foods broking

T&G Global Vietnam Company LimitedVietnam100100In-market services and fruit importer

T&G Insurance LimitedNew Zealand100100Captive insurance provider

T&G Japan LimitedJapan100100In-market services and fruit importer

T&G Global Annual Report 2024119

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Name of entity

Place of business and

country of incorporation

Ownership interest

(%)

Principal activity20242023

T&G Orchard Services LimitedNew Zealand100100Horticulture operations

T&G Processed Foods LimitedNew Zealand100100Processed foods sales and marketing

T&G South East Asia LimitedThailand100100In-market services and fruit importer

T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty LimitedAustralia5050Fruit and produce wholesale distributor

Taipa Water Supply LimitedNew Zealand6565Water supply

Turners & Growers (Fiji) LimitedFiji7070Fresh produce importer

Turners & Growers Fresh LimitedNew Zealand100100Fresh produce wholesale distributor and horticulture operations

Turners & Growers New Zealand LimitedNew Zealand100100Shared services provider

Unearthed Produce LimitedNew Zealand5151Fresh produce wholesale distributor and horticulture operations

VentureFruit Australia Pty LimitedAustralia100100Variety management services

VentureFruit Global LimitedNew Zealand100100Investment company

VentureFruit International LimitedNew Zealand100100Investment company

VentureFruit NZ LimitedNew Zealand100100Variety management services

VentureFruit USA Inc.United States of America100100Variety management services

Worldwide Fruit LimitedUnited Kingdom5050Apple importer and packing services

The balance date of all subsidiaries is 31 December.

(1)

Fruit Distributors Limited was merged into T&G Processed Foods Limited on 31 October 2024.

22. Investments in subsidiaries continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024120

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests

The table below shows details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group that have material non-controlling interests:

Name of entity

Place of business and

country of incorporation

Ownership interest held by

non-controlling interests

20242023

Delica North America, Inc.United States of America50%50%

Worldwide Fruit LimitedUnited Kingdom50%50%

Name of entity

Profit allocated to

non-controlling interests

Accumulated

non-controlling interests

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Delica North America, Inc.1,7989695,0323,755

Worldwide Fruit Limited2,2431,7045,8515,781

Individually immaterial subsidiaries

with non-controlling interests2,1761,8879,7007,935

Total6,2174,56020,58317,4 7 1

Summarised financial information in respect of each of the Group’s subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is set out on the following page. The summarised

financial information represents amounts before intragroup eliminations.

Delica North America, Inc.

The terms of the shareholders’ agreement of Delica North America, Inc. specify that the Group has the right to appoint three of the entity’s five directors. The Group therefore

has the ability to approve the annual business plan and annual budget, as well as dictate the direction of other fundamental business matters of the entity.

This satisfies the criteria set out in NZ IFRS 10

Consolidated Financial Statements around achieving control over an entity and consequently, Delica North America, Inc. is

accounted for as a subsidiary by the Group.

Effective on 1 January 2025, the Group acquired an additional 40% shareholding in Delica North America, Inc.

22. Investments in subsidiaries continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024121

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Balance sheet

Current assets56,25735,403

Non-current assets24,67920,757

Current liabilities(60,488)(38,137)

Non-current liabilities(1,740)(2,256)

Equity attributable to owners of the Company(12,857)(9,986)

Non-controlling interests(5,851)(5,781)

Income statement

Revenue357,661305,426

Expenses(353,175)(302,018)

Profit for the year4,4863,408

Profit attributable to owners of the Company2,2431,704

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests2,2431,704

Profit for the year4,4863,408

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests2,9742,016

Cashflow

Net cash inflow from operating activities5,2703,838

Net cash outflow from investing activities(4,132)(4,421)

Net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing activities1,097(1,635)

Total net cash outflow2,235(2,218)

22. Investments in subsidiaries continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024122

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Balance sheet

Current assets66,79055,578

Non-current assets153227

Current liabilities(56,739)(49,622)

Non-current liabilities(26)(96)

Equity attributable to owners of the Company(5,146)(2,332)

Non-controlling interests(5,032)(3,755)

Income statement

Revenue127,821119,712

Expenses(124,225)(117,774)

Profit for the year3,5961,938

Profit attributable to owners of the Company1,798969

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests1,798969

Profit for the year3,5961,938

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests946953

Cashflows

Net cash inflow / (outflow) from operating activities10,417(527)

Net cash inflow / (outflow) from investing activities632(785)

Net cash inflow from financing activities958320

Total net cash inflow / (outflow)12,007(992)

Worldwide Fruit Limited

The shareholders’ agreement specifies that the Group has the right to approve

Worldwide Fruit Limited’s annual business plan and annual budget and the right to

approve the appointment of the Chief Executive Officer.

This satisfies the criteria set out in NZ IFRS 10

Consolidated Financial Statements

around achieving control over an entity and consequently, Worldwide Fruit Limited is

accounted for as a subsidiary by the Group.

Notes to the financial statements continued
23. Investments in joint ventures

Under the equity method, an investment in a joint venture is initially recognised

in the balance sheet at cost. The investment is adjusted for the Group’s share of

the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the joint venture which is

recognised from the date that joint control begins, until the date that joint control

ceases.

Investments in joint ventures are assessed for indicators of impairment at each

reporting date.

Set out below are the joint ventures of the Group as at 31 December 2024. The joint

ventures have share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, which are held

directly by the Group.

The Group’s investments in joint ventures in 2024 and 2023 are:

Name of entity

Place of

business and

country of

incorporation

Ownership interest

(%)

Principal

activity20242023

Growers Direct

LimitedUnited Kingdom5050Apples importer

Wawata General

Partner LimitedNew Zealand5050

Horticulture

operations

The balance date of all joint ventures is 31 December.

For the purposes of applying the equity method of accounting, management accounts

of the companies for the year ended 31 December 2024 have been used. Differences in

accounting policies between the Group and the joint ventures have been adjusted for.

None of the Group’s joint ventures as at 31 December 2024 are considered to be

material to the Group during the period.

The Group’s share of loss and the carrying amounts of the Group’s interest in all joint

ventures are presented below:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Group’s share of loss and comprehensive income of

joint ventures(26)(39)

Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in joint ventures2,7402,927

Transactions with joint ventures of the group

The Group has entered into the following transactions with its joint ventures during

the year:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Sale of produce to joint ventures5,3722,819

Purchase of produce from joint ventures – (48)

Loans provided to joint ventures200200

Interest on loan charged to joint ventures6546

Services provided to joint ventures1,4071,224

Services received from joint ventures(52) –

Current receivables owing from joint ventures1,6071,059

Loans provided to joint ventures relates to a loan provided to Wawata General Partner

Limited who can repay all or any portion of the amount outstanding at anytime. The

average weighted interest rate charged on the loan is 7.4% (2023: 8.3%).

T&G Global Annual Report 2024123

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
24. Investment in associate

Under the equity method, an investment in an associate is initially recognised

in the balance sheet at cost. The investment is adjusted for the Group’s share

of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate which is

recognised from the date that significant influence begins, until the date that

significant influence ceases.

The investment in associate is assessed for indicators of impairment at each

reporting date.

Set out in the table below is the associate of the Group as at 31 December 2024.

The associate has share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, which are held

directly by the Group.

The Group’s investment in its associate in 2024 and 2023 is:

Name of entity

Place of business

and country of

incorporation

Ownership interest

(%)

Principal

activity20242023

Grandview

Brokerage LLCUnited States of America3939

Investment

company

For the purposes of applying the equity method of accounting, management accounts

of the company for the period ended 31 December 2024 have been used. Differences

in accounting policies between the Group and the associate have been adjusted for.

Effective on 1 January 2025, the Group sold 24.39% of its shareholding in Grandview

Brokerage LLC.

Summarised financial information for material associate

The following table sets out the summarised financial information for Grandview

Brokerage LLC, the associate considered to be material to the Group for the period.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024124

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Grandview Brokerage LLC

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Balance sheet

Current assets260,592213,731

Non-current assets55,70139,432

Current liabilities(270,744)(224,539)

Non-current liabilities(11,094)(9,410)

The above amounts of assets includes the following:

Cash and cash equivalents15,4151,304

Income statement

Revenue1,609,2011,081,052

Depreciation and amortisation expenses(2,324)(1,939)

Interest expense(5,302)(3,702)

Income tax expense(2,637)(1,391)

Profit after tax and total comprehensive income16,7342,922

Group’s share of carrying amount

Carrying amount from Group’s share in associate13,5727,568

Goodwill on acquisition32,15028,435

Other adjustments(15,505)(6,984)

Transfer to asset held for sale(18,217)–

Group’s adjusted share of carrying amount in associate12,00029,019

Group’s share of profit from continuing operations

Gain from Group’s share in associate6,5921,151

Other adjustments(4,151)55

Group’s adjusted share of profit from continuing

operations in associate2,4411,206

Dividend received from associate1,2432,235

Notes to the financial statements continued
The Group’s share of profit and the carrying amounts of the Group’s interest in its

associate is presented below:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Group’s share of profit and comprehensive income

of associate

Grandview Brokerage LLC2,4411,206

Total2,4411,206

Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in associate

Grandview Brokerage LLC12,00029,019

Total12,00029,019

Transactions with associate of the Group

The Group has entered into the following transactions with its associate during the

year:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Sale of produce to associate16,53021,060

Services received from associate(2,255)(3,754)

Current payables owing to associate(3,458)(2,024)

Dividends received from associate1,2432,235

24. Investment in associate continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024125

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Other disclosures

This section presents disclosures required to provide readers with an

understanding of the Group’s activities during the financial year.

25. Related party transactions

Transactions with the Group’s related parties comprise of sales and purchases of

produce and services provided and received.

Transactions with joint ventures and associates

The Group has related party transactions with its joint ventures and associates.

The details of the transactions are contained in Notes 23 and 24 respectively.

Transactions with the Ultimate Parent

The Group has related party transactions with the Ultimate Parent as follows:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Services provided to the Ultimate Parent10 –

Services received from the Ultimate Parent(918)(1,574)

Interest on loan charged by the Ultimate Parent(1,680)(367)

Current receivables owing from the Ultimate Parent12

Current payables owing to the Ultimate Parent(10)–

Term debt facility from the Ultimate Parent(17,000)(11,000)

Transactions with the Immediate Parent

The Group has related party transactions with the Immediate Parent as follows:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Services received from the Immediate Parent(591)(684)

Current payables owing to the Immediate Parent(756)(343)

Transactions with the Ultimate Parent’s subsidiaries and associates

The Group has related party transactions with BayWa IT GmbH, BayWa Obst GmbH

& Co. KG and BayWa r.e. Bioenergy GmbH, three wholly-owned subsidiaries of the

Ultimate Parent, and the transactions with these subsidiaries are detailed as follows:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Sale of produce to the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries – 56

Purchase of produce from the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries(299) –

Services provided to the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries17 –

Services received from the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries – (433)

Current receivables owing from the Ultimate Parent's

subsidiaries63

Current payables owing to the Ultimate Parent's subsidiaries(56)(135)

Transactions with related parties

The Group has related party transactions with M&G Vizzarri Farms and David

Oppenheimer & Company I, L.L.C and the transactions with the related parties are

detailed as follows:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Sale of produce to related parties3,261184

Purchase of produce from related parties(42,382)(49,778)

Services provided to related parties53 –

Services received from related parties – (188)

Current receivables owing from related parties – 1,408

Current payables owing to related parties(41,115)(39,472)

All related party amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No

expense has been recognised in the current or prior years for expected credit losses

in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024126

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Key management personnel compensation

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Short-term employee benefits5,0144,639

Directors' remuneration504437

Total5,5185,076

At 31 December 2024, the Group has no outstanding deferred payments to key

management personnel relating to short-term and long-term incentives (2023:

$0.2 million). Refer to Note 21.

26. Financial risk management

The Group is subject to a number of financial risks which arise as a result of its

activities, including importing, exporting and domestic trading. Treasury activities

are performed by a central treasury function and the use of derivative financial

instruments is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board. The Group

does not engage in speculative transactions.

Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

The Group operates internationally and has exposure to foreign currency risk as

a result of transactions denominated in foreign currencies from normal trading

activities. Major trading currencies include the Australian Dollar, United States Dollar,

Euro, Japanese Yen and British Pound.

The Group’s foreign currency risk management policies are designed to protect

the Group from exchange rate volatilities as they relate to future foreign currency

payments or foreign currency receipts, and the protection of profit margins at the time

foreign currency exposures are created or recognised.

To manage foreign currency risk, the Group utilises hedging instruments in the form

of spot foreign exchange contracts, forward foreign exchange contracts, and currency

options. Any other financial instrument must be specifically approved by the Finance,

Risk, and Investment Committee on a case-by-case basis. Contracts are entered into

within parameters determined by the Group’s Treasury Policy and contracts generally

do not exceed two years.

For hedges of highly probable forecast sales and purchases, as the critical terms of

the hedge contracts and the corresponding hedged items are the same, the Group

performs a qualitative assessment of hedge effectiveness. It is expected that the

value of the contract and the value of the corresponding hedged item will change in

opposite directions in response to movements in underlying exchange rates.

The main source of hedge ineffectiveness in the Group’s hedging relationships are

in the timing of cashflows, and differences in the timing of implementation of hedge

contracts.

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts and currency options to manage

these exposures with the main exposure relating to its Apples export business. As at

31 December 2024, the Group held foreign exchange contracts and currency options

with a contract value of $483 million (2023: $433 million).

The below tables highlight the foreign exchange cover in place, average exchange

rates, notional foreign currency and New Zealand dollar value of the contracts as at

31 December:

% of forecast exposure

20252026

ActualPolicyActualPolicy

USD59.0%10%-70%47.4%0%-50%

GBP66.3%10%-70%38.7%0%-50%

EUR63.2%10%-70%43.0%0%-50%

JPY49.1%10%-70%39.2%0%-50%

Average exchange

rates

Notional value:

Foreign currency

Notional value:

Local currency

202420232024

$’000

2023

$’000

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

USD 0.59 0.59 266,759 232,917 450,516 393,214

GBP 0.48 0.50 4,750 6,200 9,886 12,402

EUR 0.54 0.56 6,750 10,774 12,403 19,286

JPY 83.76 82.16 847,000 624,662 10,112 7,603

25. Related party transactions continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024127

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Exchange rate sensitivity

Reasonable fluctuations in foreign exchange rates were determined based on a review

of the last two years’ historical movements. A movement of plus or minus 10% has

therefore been applied to the exchange rates to demonstrate the sensitivity to foreign

currency risk of the Group.

The following sensitivity is based on the foreign currency risk exposures in existence

at the balance date. The impact of a plus or minus 10% foreign exchange movement

on New Zealand dollars against all trading currencies, with all other variables held

constant, is illustrated below:

-10%+10%

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Pre-tax (profit) / loss(633)(588)518481

Equity(45,322)(34,183)36,58428,448

(ii) Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at both fixed and floating

interest rates.

Interest rate risk is identified by forecasting cash flow requirements, short-term

through to long-term. Short-term seasonal funding is provided by a syndicate of four

banks. These funding arrangements are negotiated at the start of each season, on

behalf of apple growers who bear the interest cost.

The Group has floating rate borrowings used to fund ongoing activities which are

repriced on roll-over dates.

As at 31 December 2024, $180 million of interest bearing loans are subject to interest

rate repricing within the next 14 months (2023: $150 million).

The table below highlights the weighted average interest rate and the currency profile

of interest bearing loans and borrowings:

20242023

Weighted

average

interest

rate

Loans

and

borrowings

$’000

Weighted

average

interest

rate

Loans

and

borrowings

$’000

Australian Dollars0% 1 – –

British Pounds9% 677 9% 1,447

New Zealand Dollars6% 214,342 7% 194,336

United States Dollars0% – 0% –

Total215,020195,783

Interest rate derivatives

The Group’s treasury policy allows up to 100% (2023: 100%) of forecasted term

facility debt to be fixed via interest rate derivatives to protect the Group from exposure

to fluctuations in interest rates. Accordingly, the Group has entered into interest rate

swap contracts under which it is obliged to receive interest at variable rates and to pay

interest at fixed rates.

Swaps currently in place cover approximately 75% (2023: 83%) of the forecasted

core debt. The fixed interest rates average 3.7% (2023: 3.2%). The variable rates are

set at the bank bill rate 90 day settlement rate, which at balance date was 4.4% (2023

5.6%). The contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each

90 days as appropriate, and are settled on a net basis. As at 31 December 2024, the

Group held swaps with a contract value of $135 million (2023: $125 million).

Hedge effectiveness is tested by matching critical terms for prospective testing

and cumulative dollar offset for retrospective tests. The potential sources of hedge

ineffectiveness are timing of cashflows, and differences in timing of implementation of

the hedge contract.

26. Financial risk management continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024128

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Interest rate sensitivity

At 31 December 2024, $180 million (2023: $150 million) of loans are at fixed rates

for defined periods of up to three months, after which interest rates will be reset.

Additionally, the Group has overnight deposits that are subject to fluctuations of

interest rates. If the Group’s loan and deposit balances at 31 December had remained

the same throughout the year and interest rates moved by 1% then the impact would

be a $1.8 million gain or loss on pre-tax profits (2023: $1.5 million).

A 1% (2023: 1%) sensitivity has been used as this is what management estimates is a

likely range within which interest rates will move for the year.

(iii) Commodity price risk

The Group does not trade in commodity instruments and therefore is not exposed to

commodity price risk.

Credit risk

In the normal course of business, the Group is exposed to counterparty credit risks.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 December 2024 is equal to the carrying

value for cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, derivative financial

instruments and a guarantee claimable of $3.4 million (2023: $27.5 million) in the

event the guarantee in Note 28 is called. Credit risk is managed by restricting the

amount of cash and derivative financial instruments which can be placed with any one

institution and these institutions are all New Zealand registered banks with at least a

Standard & Poor’s rating of A. The financial condition and credit evaluation of trade

and loan receivables, receivables from joint ventures, associates and related parties

are continuously considered.

Due to the nature and dispersion of the Group’s customers and growers, the Group’s

concentration of credit risk is not considered significant.

Liquidity risk

The Group manages liquidity risk by continuously monitoring cash flows and forecasts

and matching maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. The Group also

maintains adequate headroom on its loan facilities.

Policies are established to ensure all obligations are met within a timely and cost-

effective manner.

The table on the next page analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant

contractual maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance date to

the contractual maturity date. For the purpose of this table, it is assumed that year

end interest rates applicable to the term loan will apply through to expiry of the term

loan facility, even though the Group has the option to repay the loan prior to its expiry

date. For cash flow hedges, the impact on the profit and loss is expected to occur at

the same time as the cash flows occur.

The amounts disclosed for financial guarantees are the maximum amounts the Group

could be forced to settle under the arrangement for the full guaranteed amount if that

amount is claimed by the counterparty to the guarantee.

26. Financial risk management continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024129

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
The amounts disclosed below are contractual undiscounted cash flows at balance date:

Carrying

amount

$’000

Less than

six months

$’000

Between six

months and

one year

$’000

Between

one and two

years

$’000

Between

two and five

years

$’000

Over five

years

$’000

Total

$’000

2024

Loans and borrowings215,020124,057124,73418,842 – – 267,633

Trade and other payables (excluding employee entitlements)186,203186,203 – – – – 186,203

Derivative financial instruments - cash flow hedges:17,777 – – – – – –

Inflows(9,127)(142,706)(123,425)(51,360) – (326,618)

Outflows10,471149,685131,46554,730 – 346,351

Derivative financial instruments - fair value through profit or loss:6 – – – – – –

Inflows(896) – – – – (896)

Outflows931 – – – – 931

Lease liabilities198,48419,39618,12632,567103,86592,865266,819

Financial guarantees3,3943,394 – – – – 3,394

Total620,884334,429149,83959,449107,23592,865743,817

26. Financial risk management continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024130

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Carrying

amount

$’000

Less than

six months

$’000

Between six

months and

one year

$’000

Between

one and two

years

$’000

Between

two and five

years

$’000

Over five

years

$’000

Total

$’000

2023

Loans and borrowings195,7835,49238,492195,386 – – 239,370

Trade and other payables (excluding employee entitlements)159,390159,390 – – – – 159,390

Derivative financial instruments - cash flow hedges:1,140 – – – – – –

Inflows(32,774)(17,521) – – – (50,295)

Outflows34,43819,1982,39041 – 56,067

Derivative financial instruments - fair value through profit or loss:49 – – – – – –

Inflows(2,810) – – – – (2,810)

Outflows2,903 – – – – 2,903

Lease liabilities175,52217,45315,34427,14583,28793,888237,117

Financial guarantees27,48427,484 – – – – 27,484

Total559,368211,57655,513224,92183,32893,888669,226

26. Financial risk management continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024131

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Capital risk management

The main objective of capital risk management is to ensure the Group operates as a

going concern, meeting debts as they fall due, maintaining the best possible capital

structure and reducing the cost of capital. Group capital consists of share capital,

other reserves and retained earnings. To maintain or alter the capital structure, the

Group has the ability to review the size of dividends paid to shareholders, return

capital or issue new shares, reduce or increase debt, or sell assets.

There are a number of externally imposed bank financial covenants required as part

of seasonal and term debt facilities. These covenants are calculated monthly and

reported to the banks on a monthly and quarterly basis.

The key covenants are as follows:

Financial covenantsRequirement imposed

Contingent liabilitiesContingent liabilities of the Group shall not at any time

exceed 6% (2023: 6%) of total tangible assets of the Group.

Interest cover ratioThe interest cover ratio of the Group shall at all times be

equal to or exceed 2.25 times. This covenant is reportable

from the first quarter of 2025 onward.

Leverage ratioThe leverage ratio shall not exceed the specified ratio as

at the end of each quarter. This ratio ranges from 4.00:1 to

4.50:1. This covenant is reportable from the first quarter of

2025 onward.

Seasonal facility stock

and debtors

Seasonal facility stock and debtors of the Group shall at all

times be equal to or exceed 1.50:1 (2023: 1.1:1 to 1.25:1).

Total net worth of

Ultimate Parent

The total net worth of the Ultimate Parent shall not at any

time be less than EUR 800 million (2023: EUR 800 million).

In addition, the Group also made the following undertaking:

■At all times, the tangible assets of the Group entities that form part of the

guaranteeing group shall not be less than 90% (2023: 90%) of the total tangible

assets of the whole Group.

During the financial year, the Group received a waiver from its banks from having

to meet the total net worth of Ultimate Parent covenant from 30 September 2024.

The waiver provided a grace period until 31 March 2025. Subsequent to year end,

a waiver was provided by the banks which extended the period of grace by one month

to 30 April 2025. Note 1 and Note 13.

The Group complied with all other financial covenants during the year.

In 2022, the Group entered into a sustainability-linked loan, borrowing $180 million

for a period of three years. Under the terms of the loan, the Group achieved discounts

on borrowing costs if Sustainability Performance Targets (SPT) were met. Penalties,

in the form of increases in borrowing costs, were incurred should SPT not be met.

During the year, the Sustainability Linked Loan clauses and the SPT were removed as

part of the Group’s refinancing.

26. Financial risk management continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024132

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Seasonality

Due to the seasonal nature of the business, the risk profile at 31 December is not representative of all risks faced during the year. Seasonality causes large fluctuations in the

size of borrowings and debtors.

Financial instruments by category

26. Financial risk management continued

The classification of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities depends on

the purpose for which the assets were acquired or liabilities were incurred.

Management determines the classification of its financial assets and liabilities at

initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at every balance date.

Financial assets and financial liabilities classed as measured at amortised cost

are carried at amortised cost less any impairment. Financial assets measured

at amortised costs includes cash and cash equivalents which comprises cash

balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form

an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included in current liabilities

in the balance sheet and as a financial liability measured at amortised cost, unless

there is a right of offset, and included as a component of cash and cash equivalents

in the statement of cash flows.

Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially

recognised at fair value. Realised and unrealised gains arising from changes in fair

value are included in the income statement.

Financial assets and financial liabilities classed as derivatives for hedging are

recognised at fair value. The Group recognises the effective portion of changes in

the fair value of derivative financial instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges in

other comprehensive income. Gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion of a

cash flow hedge are recognised in the income statement. Amounts taken to equity

are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects the

income statement.

Investments in unlisted entities are carried at fair value and classified as fair value

through other comprehensive income (OCI) as they are not held for trading.

Unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognised in

other comprehensive income, except for dividends from those investments which

are recognised in profit or loss. When investments in unlisted entities are sold, the

accumulated fair value adjustments are recycled directly through retained earnings.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024133

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Financial assets

Measured at

amortised

cost

$’000

Derivatives

for hedging

$’000

Equity

instrument

designated

at fair value

through OCI

$’000

Total

$’000

2024

Cash and cash equivalents46,801 – – 46,801

Term deposits – – – –

Trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments and taxes)234,550 – – 234,550

Investment in unlisted entities – – 7979

Derivative financial instruments – 1,248 – 1,248

Total281,3511,24879282,678

2023

Cash and cash equivalents30,508 – – 30,508

Term deposits2,277 – – 2,277

Trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments and taxes)217,132 – – 217,132

Investment in unlisted entities – – 9292

Derivative financial instruments – 20,378 – 20,378

Total249,91720,37892270,387

26. Financial risk management continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024134

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Financial liabilities

Measured at

amortised

cost

$’000

Fair value

through profit

or loss (held

for trading)

$’000

Derivatives

for hedging

$’000

Total

$’000

2024

Loans and borrowings215,020 – – 215,020

Trade and other payables (excluding employee entitlements)186,203 – – 186,203

Lease liabilities198,484 – – 198,484

Derivative financial instruments – 617,77717,783

Total599,707617,777617,490

2023

Loans and borrowings195,783 – – 195,783

Trade and other payables (excluding employee entitlements)159,390 – – 159,390

Lease liabilities175,522 – – 175,522

Derivative financial instruments – 491,1401,189

Total530,695491,140531,884

26. Financial risk management continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024135

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
Fair value measurement

Techniques applied by the Group which use methods and assumptions to

estimate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities are considered to be level

2 in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of derivative instruments designated in a hedging relationship is

determined using the following valuation techniques:

■Foreign currency forward exchange contracts have been fair valued using

quoted forward exchange rates and discounted using yield curves from quoted

interest rates that match the maturity dates of the contracts.

■Foreign currency option contracts have been fair valued using observable

option volatilities, and quoted forward exchange and interest rates that match

the maturity dates of the contracts.

Interest rate swaps are fair valued by discounting the future interest and principal

cash flows using current market interest rates that match the maturity dates of

the contracts. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market

data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates.

Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy

are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or

indirectly (that is, derived from prices). There have been no transfers between

levels during the year.

The estimated fair values of all of the Group’s other financial assets and liabilities

approximate their carrying values.

27. Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are used to hedge exchange rate and interest

rate risks. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for

trading purposes. Derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value.

Any resulting gains or losses are recognised in the income statement unless the

derivative financial instrument has been designated into a hedge relationship that

qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are currently applied to forecast transactions that are subject

to foreign currency fluctuations and future interest cash flow on loans. The Group

recognises the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivative financial

instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges in other comprehensive income.

These accumulate as a separate component of equity in the cash flow hedge

reserve.

Gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge are

recognised in the income statement in other operating expenses. Amounts taken

to equity are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction

affects the income statement in revenue and cost of goods sold.

26. Financial risk management continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024136

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Current assets

Cash flow hedges

Forward foreign exchange contracts4284,818

Foreign currency options1331,428

Interest rate swaps428864

Total9897,110

Non-current assets

Cash flow hedges

Forward foreign exchange contracts2559,644

Foreign currency options –1,544

Interest rate swaps42,080

Total25913,268

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Current liabilities

Cash flow hedges

Forward foreign exchange contracts4,862855

Foreign currency options2,12551

Fair value through profit or loss (held for trading)

Forward foreign exchange contracts649

Total6,993955

Non-current liabilities

Cash flow hedges

Forward foreign exchange contracts8,625 –

Foreign currency options498 –

Interest rate swaps1,667234

Total10,790234

27. Derivative financial instruments continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024137

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
28. Contingencies

The Group has the following guarantees:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Bonds and sundry facilities7575

Guarantees of bank facilities for associated companies – 27,409

Guarantees of liabilities for subsidiary3,319 –

Total3,39427,484

29. Commitments

Capital commitments

As at 31 December, the Group is committed to the following capital expenditure:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Property, plant and equipment9841,222

Intangible assets265 –

Total1,2491,222

Non-cancellable operating leases receivables

The Group as a lessor

Whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards

of ownership to the lessee, the contract is classified as a finance lease. All other

leases are classified as operating leases.

Rental income (net of any incentives given to lessees) is recognised on a straight-

line basis over the term of the relevant lease. All properties leased to third

parties under operating leases are included in the ‘Buildings’ category within

‘Property, plant and equipment’ on the balance sheet. They are depreciated over

their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar property, plant and

equipment.

Amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recognised as receivables at

the amount of the Group’s net investment in the leases. Finance lease income is

allocated to accounting periods so as to reflect a constant periodic rate of return

on the Group’s net investment outstanding in respect of the leases.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024138

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Notes to the financial statements continued
30. Events occurring after the balance date

Effective on 1 January 2025, the Group sold 24.39% of its shares in its associate

Grandview Brokerage LLC.

Effective on 1 January 2025, the Group acquired an additional 40% of the shares of its

subsidiary Delica North America, Inc.

There are no other material events that occurred after the balance date that would

require adjustment of disclosure in these financial statements.

Operating leases receivables

Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at

31 December are as follows:

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

Within one year1,7471,831

One to two years6371,296

Two to five years1,016395

Later than five years775749

Total4,1754,271

29. Commitments continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024139

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

Five year financial review
T&G Global Annual Report 2024140

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceAppendicesIntroductionFinancials

2024

$’000

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

2021

$’000

2020

$’000

Revenue

Continuing activities1,360,8911,334,3381,304,9361,365,4131,412,590

Profit

Pre-tax (loss) / profit(6,831)(64,249)(3,341)9,79822,024

Net (loss) / profit after tax(9,888)(46,595)(861)13,55216,590

Funds employed

Paid up capital176,357176,357176,357176,357176,357

Retained earnings and reserves 293,783328,060386,894383,719330,250

Non-controlling interests20,51117,4 7 116,91713,52813,147

Non-current liabilities 207,711321,219284,679200,660232,471

Current liabilities431,177232,105218,506210,016228,517

Total1,129,5391,075,2121,083,353984,280980,742

Assets

Property, plant and equipment406,934401,007401,077399,806392,700

Other non-current assets 314,680320,774334,783291,266270,542

Current assets407,925353,431347,493293,208317,500

Total1,129,5391,075,2121,083,353984,280980,742

20242023202220212020

Statistics

Number of ordinary shares on issue122,543,204122,543,204122,543,204122,543,204122,543,204

(Loss) / earnings per share - cents(13.0)(41.7)(4.4)7. 29.0

Net tangible assets per security$3.36$3.61$4.11$4.06$3.61

Percentage of equity holders funds to total assets 43%49%54%58%53%

Ratio of current assets to current liabilities0.951.521.591.401.39

Ratio of debt to equity

(1)

1.301.060.870.720.89

Dividends

Cents per share on paid up capital – - - 66

Total dividend paid – - - $7,352,592$7,352,592

(1)

Debt includes trade payables.

10. Appendices
Appendix 1

Stakeholder engagement142

Appendix 2

Materiality: defining what matters143

Appendix 3

Employee and workforce data144

Appendix 4

GRI index145

Contents

T&G Global Annual Report 2024141

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices

Appendix 1:
Stakeholder engagement

T&G engages with a wide range of stakeholders, as noted in the below table. As per our materiality assessment conducted in 2022, we follow the methodology outlined in

AccountAbility’s AA1000 Stakeholder Engagement Standard 2015 to define our stakeholders.

STAKEHOLDER GROUPHOW WE ENGAGE

Employees ■Employee communications and engagement activities led by our Executive, senior leadership teams and people leaders, including regular leadership calls,

roadshows, huis, briefings, workshops, daily operational Tier meetings and online channels

■Employee surveys

Growers ■Comprehensive programme of engagement, including quarterly T&G Fresh grower updates, monthly apple grower calls and Core News update, apple grower

portal, orchard field days, meetings, letters and ongoing conversations

■Grower surveys

Shareholders ■Annual Meeting which provides an opportunity to meet and ask questions of the Board and management

■Six-monthly financial reporting

■New Zealand Stock Exchange market updates

Financial institutions

and advisors

■Regular engagement through briefings and updates

Customers and consumers ■Regular customer engagement led by our Apples and T&G Fresh leadership and sales and marketing teams, including meetings, store visits, audits, and

orchard and packhouse visits

■Consumer research

■Digital engagement, including social media channels

Government ■Engagement with central and regional Governments on topics relating to business and the horticulture sector, including trade, market access, regulations,

innovation and employment

Suppliers ■Ongoing conversations and engagement with our suppliers

■Surveys

Community and

industry groups

■Engagement with a number of organisations representing horticulture and the consumer good sectors, iwi, community groups and the business community

Media ■Programme of proactive engagement and responding to media enquiries

T&G Global Annual Report 2024142

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices

Appendix 2:
Materiality: defining what matters

Our materiality assessment

Materiality assessments are widely used in business to inform strategic sustainability

priorities, ensuring it meets the needs of stakeholders and the topics and issues

which matter most to them. It is also a prerequisite for sustainability reporting

referencing the GRI Standards. T&G conducted its assessment in 2022. For more

information and greater detail about it, please see the 2023 Annual Report, pages

160-161. From this assessment, the top five material topics for T&G are:

Sustainable financial

performance

Ensuring sustainable financial growth and performance,

made up of the three pillars: economic, environmental and

social. Returning fair value to growers.

Product qualityDelivering a high-quality, premium product to customers and

consumers.

Resilient and ethical

supply chain

Supply chain management, including mitigating supply chain

risk (e.g. modern slavery).

Customer and

consumer needs

Meeting customer requirements. Consumer preference

and brand awareness. Impacts from changing customer

or consumer needs, impact from unstable economic

environment.

Climate change and

resilience

Understanding and adapting to the impacts on the business

directly, or indirectly, from a changing climate, such as

increased temperatures, extreme weather events and

increased biosecurity risks.

Informed by our materiality assessment, in 2023 we refreshed our Kaitiakitanga

sustainability framework and wove in resilient and ethical supply chains, and climate

change and resilience. Our wider business strategy focuses on the management

of sustainable financial performance, product quality, and customer and consumer

needs.

T&G materiality matrix

LOWHIGH

LOW

HIGH

T&G Global Annual Report 2024143

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices

STAKEHOLDER IMPORTANCE (SURVEY RESULTS)

BUSINESS IMPACT (BUSINESS IMPACT WORKSHOP)

Communication and relationship

management

Sustainable financial performance

Resilient and ethical

supply chain

Resilient and healthy

communities

Responsible land management

Team member wellbeing and growth

Sector leadership

Business continuity planning

Water management

Investing in the next generation

Biodiversity

Waste reduction and circular economy

Sustainable packaging

Compliance and regulation

Product development and innovation

Market access

Automation and the

future of work

Carbon and energy use

Governance and processes

Product quality

Customer and consumer needs

Climate change and

resilience

Appendix 3:
Employee and workforce data

Aotearoa New Zealand employee and workforce

information has been calculated using data averaged

over the required reporting period shown in each table.

The data has been rounded. Employees are grouped in

line with T&G’s terminology, with the table immediately

below providing the correlation to GRI terminology.

EMPLOYEE TYPE T&GGRI GROUP

Full-timePermanent full-time

Part-timePermanent part-time

Fixed-termTemporary employee

CasualNon-guaranteed hours

SeasonalTemporary employee

In addition to full-time and part-time permanent

employees, we also employ fixed-term, casual and

seasonal employees. Fixed-term, casual and seasonal

employment helps address labour shortages in the

horticulture industry, especially during peak seasons.

It provides flexibility for both employers and workers,

allowing workforce adjustments based on seasonal

needs and offering temporary job opportunities that fit

workers’ schedules.

EMPLOYEE TYPEMALEFEMALEGRAND TOTAL

Full-time6454171,062

Part-time183452

Fixed-term9716

Casual8480164

Seasonal45050500

Grand total1,2055881,794

LOCATIONSFULL-TIMEPART-TIMEFIXED-TERMCASUALSEASONALGRAND TOTAL

Hastings3151211316645

Auckland310981719363

Tūākau106213062201

Alexandra41–6364132

Taupō2911231266

Christchurch602–4–66

Palmerston North58111–61

Hamilton402–10456

Pukekohe2613110–50

Kerikeri241112350

Nelson38––1–39

Tauranga2411––26

Wellington1831––22

New Plymouth64–1–11

Gisborne1––2–3

Whangārei2––––2

Dunedin1––––1

Grand total1,06252161645001,794

We have streamlined the data sets in this Appendix compared to our 2023 Annual Report. While precise comparisons

are not possible, the overall employee and workforce figures remain comparable to 2023. The data in this Appendix

currently excludes international employees given disparate systems.

T&G Global Annual Report 2024144

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices

Appendix 4:
GRI index

Statement of useT&G Global Limited has reported the information cited in this GRI content index for the period 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024, with reference to the GRI Standards.

GRI 1 used GRI 1: Foundation 2021

REFDISCLOSURE PAGE #/REFERENCE

2-1Organisational detailsT&G Global Limited

New Zealand limited liability company

Listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange

Headquarters: Auckland, Aotearoa New Zealand

Pages 11-14

2-2Entities included in the organisation’s sustainability reportingPage 4

2-3 Reporting period, frequency and contact point1 January 2024 - 31 December 2024

Annual

Page 147

2-4Restatements of information

See page 36, 41 and 45 in T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting

2-5External assurance

Pages 57, 61-64; and also see T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting

2-6Activities, value chain and other business relationships

Pages 10-38; and also see T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/

2-7EmployeesPages 12-13, 144

2-8Workers who are not employeesN /A

2-9Governance structure and compositionPages 44, 52, 54-57

2-10Nomination and selection of the highest governance bodyPages 54-57

2-12Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impactsPages 44, 54-57

2-13Delegation of responsibility for managing impactsPages 44, 54-57

2-14Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reportingPage 44

2-29Approach to stakeholder engagementSee Appendix 1

2-30Collective bargaining agreements4.4% of T&G employees in 2024 (this includes permanent and seasonal employees)

T&G Global Annual Report 2024145

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices

REFDISCLOSURE PAGE #/REFERENCE
3-1Process to determine material topicsSee Appendix 2

3-2List of material topicsSee Appendix 2

3-3Management of material topicsSee Appendix 2

Material topic standard disclosures

Sustainable financial performance

3-3Management of material topicsPages 6-9, 10-38, 65-140

201-1Direct economic value generated and distributedPages 6-9

Resilient and ethical supply chains

3-3Management of material topicsPages 44, 46-47, 50

414-1New suppliers that were screened using social criteriaAll suppliers were screened using IntegrityNext

Climate change and resilience

3-3Management of material topics

Pages 44, 48; and also see T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/

302-1Energy consumption within the organisationT&G does not report energy consumption

305-1Direct (Scope 1) emissions

See page 45 in T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/

305-2Energy indirect (Scope 2) emissions

See page 45 in T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/

305-3Other indirect (Scope 3) emissionsT&G will commence reporting of scope 3 emissions in 2025

305-5Reduction of GHG emissions

Page 48; and also see pages 35-36, and pages 45-46 in T&G’s 2024 Climate-related Disclosure

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/

Appendix 4: GRI index continued

T&G Global Annual Report 2024146

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices

Directors
Benedikt Mangold

Chair and Non-Independent Director

Michael Baur

Non-Independent Director

Carol Campbell

Independent Director

Andreas Helber

Non-Independent Director

Rob Hewett

Independent Director

Ralf Tobias Priske

Non-Independent Director


Registered office

Central Park

Building 1, Level 1

660 Great South Road

Ellerslie, Auckland 1051

Aotearoa New Zealand

Registered office contact details

PO Box 56

Shortland Street

Auckland 1140

Aotearoa New Zealand

Telephone: (09) 573 8700

Website: www.tandg.global

Email: info@tandg.global

Auditors

Deloitte Limited

Principal bankers

Bank of New Zealand

HSBC

Rabobank

Westpac New Zealand

Principal solicitors

Russell McVeagh

Share registry

Computershare Investor Services Limited

Level 2, 159 Hurstmere Road

Takapuna

Auckland 0622

Aotearoa New Zealand

Share registry contact details

Private Bag 92119

Victoria Street West

Auckland 1142

Aotearoa New Zealand

Investor enquiries: (09) 488 8700

Website: www.computershare.co.nz

Email: enquiry@computershare.co.nz

Enquiries

For enquiries about T&G’s financial and operating performance,

please contact:

Chief Financial Officer

T&G Global Limited

PO Box 56, Shortland Street,

Auckland 1140,

Aotearoa New Zealand

10. Directory

T&G Global Annual Report 2024147

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices

Building 1, Level 1,
Central Park

660 Great South Road,

Ellerslie Auckland 1051,

Aotearoa New Zealand

+64 9 573 8700

info@tandg.global

tandg.global

Our strategyOur yearOur performanceHigh-performanceKaitiakitangaGovernanceFinancialsIntroductionAppendices

---

MARKET UPDATE
3 March 2025

Improved Apples performance signals bounce back for T&G Global

At a glance:

• Revenue: $1.36 billion, up from $1.33 billion

• Operating profit/(loss): $12.7 million, up from ($45.6 million)

• Net loss before tax: ($6.8 million), up from ($64.2 million)

• Net loss after tax: ($9.9 million), up from ($46.6 million)

High demand for T&G Global’s premium ENVY™ and JAZZ™ branded apples, coupled with higher

pricing in global markets, has helped the Company achieve good momentum in its bounce back from

the impact of Cyclone Gabrielle.

For the year ending 31 December 2024, the Company recorded a full-year loss before tax of $6.8

million for the year compared to a loss before tax of $64.2 million in 2023, and an operating profit of

$12.7 million compared to a loss of $45.6 million in 2023.

T&G Global Chair, Benedikt Mangold, said the results demonstrate great improvement.

“It was a year of continued recovery, following the devastating effect of Cyclone Gabrielle. While our

results are not where we want them to be, it is pleasing to see the momentum in the business,

particularly in Apples, which is the engine room for our growth,” said Mr Mangold.

“Over the last six years, we have invested significantly in our Apples business to enable our growth,

including automation-ready orchards with high-performing premium varieties and our world-class

post-harvest facility. With the business now coming out of the difficult post-Cyclone period, we are on

the edge of realising a sustainable performance uplift from the investment made as part of our Apples

strategy.”

Apples revenue rose 5% to $859.1 million, with the business achieving an operating profit of $43.7

million, compared to $10.3 million in the year prior.

T&G Global Chief Executive, Gareth Edgecombe, said the Apples business accounted for 63% of

T&G’s revenue of $1.36 billion which was up 2% on 2023.

“Following the impact of the cyclone, this year’s results represent a significant performance

turnaround. It is heartening to see the investments made in our Apples business supporting better

performance and good growth,” said Mr Edgecombe.

“The global premium apple market continues to grow, particularly in emerging Asian markets. Our

growth strategy is supported by a framework to unlock that growth through an expanded presence in

key global markets and across retail and wholesale channels. With this, volumes, revenue and

profitability will increase.”

Mr Edgecombe said the Apples’ performance helped offset a difficult year for T&G Fresh. This

business saw ideal growing conditions produce plentiful supplies but faced low consumer demand as

households adjusted to a higher cost of living and an uncertain economy.

T&G Fresh revenue, which includes the Company’s Australian business, was 6% lower at $455.3
million compared to $484.3 million in the prior year. This contributed to a 63% reduction in T&G

Fresh’s operating profit which came in at $3.6 million.

Mr Edgecombe said that in a tough year, T&G Fresh still made positive progress, achieving

operational efficiencies, acquiring a summerfruit business, expanding its Queensland blueberry

operations and delivering strong Australian citrus exports.

“We broadened our portfolio, acquiring the Hinton’s stone fruit business and leasing their stone fruit

orchards in Central Otago, and nearly doubling our Australian blueberry operations. All this work

leaves us in good shape to take advantage of improving conditions in the year ahead.”

VentureFruit increased its revenue by 44% to $13.0 million and reduced its operating loss to $4.3

million.

“VentureFruit’s royalties from sales benefitted from the positive market pricing achieved with ENVY™

and JAZZ™ branded apples at a consumer level. The business was also successful in securing

license contracts for additional ENVY™ plantings in the United States and China, which will enhance

future revenue.

“It also made good headway with our new premium JOLI™ apple brand. Released last year, JOLI™

has attracted good grower interest in the United States, while pilot plantings in Europe will support

the brand’s growth in that region. Closer to home, the first commercial scale plantings of JOLI™ in

the South Island will go ahead in Canterbury in 2025 and 2026, with FarmRight, the New Zealand

Superannuation Fund’s rural investment manager, licensed to grow 125 hectares on their property.”

Looking ahead, Mr Edgecombe said the 2025 Aotearoa New Zealand apple harvest is on track to be

a great high-quality crop, with exceptional colour and taste, and the focus is on excellence in

delivering the Apples strategy. Improving consumer sentiment will benefit T&G Fresh, which has

reduced its costs and improved efficiencies to strengthen margins. VentureFruit will continue to

acquire and commercialise premium new varieties, develop new market growth opportunities, and

protect and defend its intellectual property.

T&G’s 2024 Annual Report and 2024 Climate-related Disclosure are available at:

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting/

ENDS




For further information, please contact:

Adrienne Sharp

Head of Corporate Affairs

T&G Global Limited

Adrienne.Sharp@tandg.global

+64 (0)27 801 5534



About T&G Global

T&G Global’s story began more than 125 years ago as Turners and Growers, and today the business

helps grow healthier futures for people around the world. As a part of the BayWa Global Produce

family, T&G is located in 13 countries and its team of 1,800 people both grow and partner with over

700 growers to market, sell and distribute nutritious fresh produce to customers and consumers in

over 55 countries. It does this guided by kaitiakitanga - treating the land, people, produce, resources,

and community with the greatest of respect and care, as guardians of their future. www.tandg.global

---

Climate-
related

Disclosure


For the year ended 31 December 2024

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

2

About this report

Reporting entity

T&G Global is a Climate Reporting Entity (CRE)

under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013

and this is T&G Global’s second Climate-related

Disclosure. It includes T&G Global Limited and its

subsidiaries (together T&G). This Climate-related

Disclosure accompanies T&G’s 2024 Annual Report,

which contains detailed information on business

and financial performance, and can be found here:

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting.

Basis of preparation

The disclosures in this report comply with the

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (NZ CS 1,

NZ CS 2 and NZ CS 3). T&G has taken the second-year

adoption provisions relating to disclosure and assurance

of scope 3 emissions, and disclosure of anticipated

financial impacts.

An independent limited assurance report, compliant

with NZ SAE 1, for T&G’s scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas

(GHG) disclosures is available in Appendix 2.

Reporting period and currency

This report is for the period of 1 January 2024 to

31 December 2024. Any reference to dollars ($) in this

report refers to New Zealand dollars (NZD).

Date published

This report was published on 3 March 2025.

Reasonable care and

forward-looking statements

While there are forward-looking statements

made in this report, the climate-related

statements, scenarios, adaptation and transition

plans, projections, metrics, targets, assumptions

and judgements contained here should not be

considered any sort of prediction or forecast of

performance outcomes, financial or otherwise.

These statements are subject to both known and

unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many

of which lie outside T&G’s control. T&G has prepared

this information with due care and attention, and this

report is based on assumptions about T&G’s current

business and our future strategies, as well as the

environment and markets our business operates in,

both now and in the future. The identified climate-

related risks and opportunities may not eventuate,

and if they do, the actual impacts may differ

materially from what is provided in this report.

Enquiries

For any questions or comments regarding this

report, please contact info@tandg.global.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

3

Contents

Introduction4

Message 4

About T&G 5

Our business model 6

Our value chain 7

Appendices 37

Appendix 1: T&G

Global 2024 GHG

inventory37

Appendix 2:

Independent Limited

Assurance Report on

Selected Greenhouse

Gas (‘GHG’)

Disclosures and

the GHG Inventory

Report included

within Climate-related

Disclosure48

Appendix 3: Risk

escalation process53

Appendix 4: Risk

Matrix53

Appendix 5:

Glossary54

Governance 8

Our approach to

climate governance

8

The role of the Board

9

Directors’ climate

capabilities and

understanding

10

The role of the

Executive team

10

Strategy 11

Scenario analysis 11

T&G’s climate

scenarios 11

Rationale for

scenarios 12

T&G’s scenario

narratives 13

Limitations of

scenarios 14

Transition plan

aspects of T&G’s

strategy15

Metrics and

targets

33

Metrics33

Internal carbon price33

Targets for climate-

related risks and

opportunities33

GHG reporting

standards and

assurance 34

Targets and emissions

reductions34

T&G’s performance

against its SBTs 35

Risk

management

19

Integration of

climate-related risks

with overall risk

management 19

Scenarios and time

horizons for risk

and opportunity

assessment 20

Time horizons 20

Identifying and

assessing climate-

related risks and

opportunities21

T&G’s process to

assess climate-

related risks and

opportunities22

Monitoring and review 23

Material climate-

related risks and

opportunities 23

Determination of

financial impacts 23

Material climate-

related risks 25

Material climate-

related opportunities31

01.

Click on any of the text

headings to navigate

through this report.

02.03.04.05.06.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

4T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

4

Message

Generations of people have contributed to building

T&G into what it is today. As we work to grow and

strengthen our business for the benefit of future

generations, it is crucial that we also support Aotearoa

New Zealand’s transition to a resilient, low-emissions

economy. This role is integral to our purpose of growing

healthier futures.

Our sustainability framework, known as Kaitiakitanga,

underpins our growth strategy. It’s focused on people,

planet and produce. Within this, climate action is a

key focus area. Established this year, our climate

action framework outlines how we will do this, through

decarbonisation and adaptation, and this has helped

guide elements of the transition plan aspects of

our strategy.

Shaping our decarbonisation pathway are our near-

term Science-based Targets (SBTs) for scopes 1, 2 and

3, which are in line with the Paris Agreement to limit

global warming to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.

The targets were this year independently validated by

the Science-based Targets initiative (SBTi).

In 2024, overall total scope 1 – not related to Forest,

Land and Agriculture (FLAG) – and scope 2 (market-

based) emissions of 27,221.83 tCO

2

e decreased by

16% from our base year of 2021 (32,520.74 tCO

2

e).

It has been pleasing to see positive progress on some

of our hard-to-abate emissions. At our Reporoa tomato

glasshouses, renewable heat and biomethane is now

coming from Ecogas’ adjacent organics processing

facility. And at our Geraghty glasshouses in Tūākau, the

installation of thermal screens has contributed to a 29%

01. Introduction

reduction in natural gas emissions from our 2021 base

year. In the coming years, we expect to see the benefits

of our 2024 investment in 21 more fuel-efficient Euro

6 trucks in our heavy fleet, combined with the recent

commissioning of a transport management system, to

provide further efficiencies and emissions reductions.

This shift has already helped reduce transport

emissions by 3% from 2023.

While we have a pathway towards achieving a significant

portion of our 2030 emissions reduction SBTs, we still

require a further ~5,267 tCO

2

e of abatement initiatives

to deliver the overall total scope 1 (non-FLAG) and

scope 2 (market-based) target. We are actively seeking

technology solutions and opportunities to help close

this gap.

Work to capture and measure scope 3 emissions across

our complex value chain continues and this will be

reported in our 2025 Climate-related Disclosure.

To support our climate adaptation and resilience,

this year we refined and updated our climate-related

risks and opportunities. Extensive modelling was

performed to guide the materiality of each risk and

opportunity, looking at critical attributes such as yield

and fruit quality, with supporting adaptation plans

developed and owned by key business leads. In the year

ahead, we will continue to refine our climate risk and

opportunity modelling, ahead of disclosing anticipated

financial impacts in 2025.

Pivotal to the success and growth of our business

is our relationships with our independent growers.

Just as we are continually strengthening our internal

capabilities and knowledge on climate, we want to share

our insights and learnings with our network of growers

to help support them as they strengthen the resilience

of their own businesses. We commenced this in 2024,

running sessions with Aotearoa New Zealand’s National

Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research (NIWA),

and sharing our high-level growing and post-harvest

adaptation plans. We look forward to working alongside

our growers and building on this with decarbonisation in

the years ahead.

T&G is pleased to release its second Climate-

related Disclosure.

BENEDIKT MANGOLD

CHAIR T&G GLOBAL,

CHAIR OF THE SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE

3 MARCH 2025

GARETH EDGECOMBE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

3 MARCH 2025

CAROL CAMPBELL

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR,

CHAIR OF THE FINANCE, RISK AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

3 MARCH 2025

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

5T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

5

About T&G

T&G’s story began over 125 years ago as Turners and

Growers, and today we help grow healthier futures for

people around the world.

Located in 13 countries, our team of 1,800 people grow

fresh produce, partner with over 700 growers, and

market and sell fruit and vegetables to customers and

consumers in over 55 countries.

We do this guided by kaitiakitanga – treating the land,

people, produce, resources and community with the

greatest of respect and care.

Further information about T&G can be found in our

2024 Annual Report and on our website:

https://tandg.global/investors/reporting.

■ Best genetics in apples

and berries

■ Unique varieties

and brands loved

by consumers

■ World-class in growing and

post-harvest, with global

partners maximising our

intellectual property

Grow great brands

■ Unlock markets selected

for premium and potential

■ Close to customers with

capability in-market

■ Most efficient end-to-end

supply chain

Win in key global

markets

■ Win in chosen categories

■ Offer the best channels

to market

■ Build long-term

relationships

Lead Aotearoa’s fresh

produce future

Our strategy

futures

healthier

Growing

The world’s leading

fresh produce company

premium

Our purposeOur vision

Figure 1: T&G’s strategy

Be BoldDo the MahiOne TeamTake Good Care

Kaitiakitanga guides everything we do

Our mindsets

High performance culture

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

6T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

6

Our business model

T&G is a vertically integrated fresh produce business.

Our operations include:

Apples

Our Apples business spans each step of the value chain

from unique varieties, growing, post-harvest, quality

and logistics, through to in-market marketing and sales.

It ensures consumers around the world can access our

high quality, premium apples 365 days of the year.

Our premium apples portfolio consists of ENVY™,

JAZZ™ and JOLI™ branded apples, and they are grown

under license by specially selected growers in over 11

countries and across both hemispheres. Our premium

brands are complemented by a wide portfolio of

commercial varieties including Royal Gala, Pacific

Queen™ and Pacific Rose™.

In Aotearoa New Zealand, T&G has extensive

own-growing and post-harvest operations in Hawke’s

Bay, and partners with over 100 independent growers in

Hawke’s Bay, Tairāwhiti Gisborne, Nelson and Otago.

T&G Fresh

T&G Fresh grows tomatoes, citrus, berries and stone

fruit, and partners with over 600 growers to provide

New Zealanders with delicious, healthy fresh fruit and

vegetables. With 10 market sites, T&G Fresh connects

hard-working growers to buyers, from supermarkets,

fruit shops and foodservice businesses. To supplement

local supply, T&G Fresh imports fresh produce from

over 100 growers that can’t be grown locally or to cover

seasonal gaps in local production. It also manages our

Australian and Pacific Islands operations.

VentureFruit Global Limited

VentureFruit is T&G’s global plant variety management

business that collaborates with breeders, research

partners, growers, and sales and marketing

organisations around the world to bring new, high

value and superior quality fruit to markets and

consumers globally.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

7T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

7

Natural

ecosystem inputs

Agricultural


inputs

Intellectual


property

Orchards, farms


& greenhouses

Harvesting

Orchard &

farm storageCustomer

Road freight

Road freight

Markets &

distribution

centres

Post-harvest


& cool store

Departure


airport

Departure


seaport

Air freight

ShippingRoad freightRoad freight

Customer

Cool store

Arrival

airport

Arrival

seaport

Our value chain

Figure 2: T&G’s value chain

Growing*Intellectual propertyPost-harvestShipping and logisticsSalesKEY

*Includes supply and procurement of produce; there are no exclusions from the value chain.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

8T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

8

02. Governance

Our approach to

climate governance

T&G recognises that strong corporate governance is

essential in protecting and strengthening the interests

of the Company, its shareholders and stakeholders, and

in creating long-term sustainable value.

At T&G, climate governance is managed through the

Three Lines of Defence Model (see Figure 3).

Figure 3: T&G’s climate-related risk and opportunity management model

Risk appetite

Board

Direction and strategy

CEO and Executive team

Our Planet Steering Committee

Climate-related risks and opportunities

Expertise

Risk, compliance and sustainability teams

Understand overall risk for the Group and provide support for risk

mitigation, realisation of opportunities and development of strategy

Operational risk

management


Determine risks and

opportunities for their

operational area

Business unit risk

management


Understand overall

risks and opportunities

for the business unit

Internal audit


Independent

challenge to the levels

of assurance

Finance, Risk and

Investment Committee

Sustainability

Committee

Direction and strategy

Climate and sustainability experts/consultants review

External audit

First line of defenceSecond line of defenceThird line of defence

KEY

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

9T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

9

The role of the Board

T&G’s purpose and overall strategic direction is set

by our Board of Directors, which has visibility and

oversight of our risk management strategy, framework,

policies and risk appetite, including those related to

sustainability and climate change.

Our Board members are detailed on page 52

of the 2024 Annual Report and on our website

https://tandg.global/our-story/our-team. The

Board has responsibility for ensuring that T&G’s

climate-related matters are recognised, assessed

and monitored. There are two Board committees

which support the Board with this responsibility – the

Sustainability Committee (SC) and the Finance, Risk

and Investment Committee (FRIC), both of which

operate under respective Board-approved charters.

1

• Sustainability Committee (SC)

The SC is responsible for overseeing T&G’s

Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework, including its

climate action strategy, targets, initiatives, policies

and the annual allocation of internal carbon price

funds, prior to recommending them to the Board for

approval. Once approved, it monitors performance

in these areas through standing agenda items.

The SC oversees the Company’s sustainability and

Climate-related Disclosures, before recommending

them to FRIC for subsequent review and tabling

with the Board for approval. From 2025, the SC will

also oversee climate-related risks and opportunities

(currently sitting with FRIC). The SC is comprised of

three Directors, including one Independent Director.

• Finance, Risk and Investment

Committee (FRIC)

The FRIC ensures that management has established

procedures and processes to identify, escalate,

manage and monitor primary business and climate-

related risks and opportunities according to its

Risk Management Policy. The FRIC reviews T&G’s

annual corporate disclosures, including its Annual

Report and Climate-related Disclosure, before

recommending them to the Board for approval.

It is comprised of three Directors, including two

Independent Directors.

Both the SC and FRIC benefit from climate-related

expertise from the Executive team, Our Planet Steering

Committee, internal subject matter experts and external

advisors who provide specialist advice on climate

science and changing regulatory requirements.

Meeting at least four times a year, both Committees

review management’s progress in addressing climate-

related risks and opportunities through standing agenda

items and detailed papers. As and where required,

additional reporting to the Committees and Board is

undertaken, such as updates on strategic climate-

related initiatives.

1. For more detail on our Board and Committee charters, please see the Corporate Governance section on our website: https://tandg.global/investors/corporate-governance

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

10T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

10

Directors’ climate capabilities

and understanding

The Board continues to expand its climate-related

capability through knowledge-sharing, engagement

with internal and external subject matter experts, and

participation in external events.

Three Directors have previously completed Cambridge

Institute for Sustainability Leadership programmes

and two Directors are members of Chapter Zero, a

global network of directors committed to taking action

on climate change. A skills and experience matrix for

Directors is on page 54 of the 2024 Annual Report.

The role of the Executive team

Daily management of risks and opportunities is

delegated by the Board to our Executive team and

the Our Planet Steering Committee via the Chief

Executive Officer.

The Executive team, with the support of the

Our Planet Steering Committee, oversees our

Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework, including

our climate action framework, targets and

performance; financial planning and capital

allocation; the identification, assessment, monitoring

and management of climate-related risks and

opportunities; and climate-related reporting and

regulatory compliance. This is achieved through at

least quarterly meetings with standing agenda items.

Members of the Executive team are outlined on our

website https://tandg.global/our-story/our-team and in

our 2024 Annual Report.

The Our Planet Steering Committee was established

in 2024. It comprises the Chief Executive Officer,

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer Apples,

Managing Director T&G Fresh, Head of Corporate

Affairs and General Manager VentureFruit. This steering

committee is responsible for overseeing the strategic

implementation of the Company’s climate action and

low-impact operations strategies, targets and initiatives,

and monitoring performance. In addition, it discusses

risk appetite on related areas, identifies areas of

alignment and opportunity across the business, and

makes recommendations to the SC. It meets at least

four times a year with standing agenda items.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and

Head of Corporate Affairs attend each SC meeting.

Likewise, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial

Officer attend all FRIC meetings, with other Executive

members attending as required. Annual updates of

climate-related risks and opportunities are provided to

the FRIC and in the year ahead, this will shift to the SC.

An overview of T&G’s climate-related risk and

opportunity management model, including key

climate-related roles and responsibilities, is provided

in Figure 3.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

11T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

11

T&G’s purpose is to grow healthier futures, and this

guides everything we do.

Our business strategy, as detailed in Figure 1, is

structured to create short, medium and long-term

value by growing great brands, winning in key global

markets and leading Aotearoa’s fresh produce future.

Underpinning this is our high-performance culture and

our Kaitiakitanga sustainability framework. An inherent

part of our strategy is building a strong and thriving

climate-resilient business through decarbonisation

and adaptation.

Scenario analysis

Developed in 2023, our climate scenarios provide us

with a range of plausible and challenging hypothetical

future events to help inform the long-term direction and

continual evolution of our strategy, test the resilience

of our business model, decisions and risk management

tools, and identify climate-related risks and

opportunities. T&G worked with Aurecon Limited, an

Asia Pacific design, engineering and advisory company

to develop three temperature-aligned climate scenarios

(for details on this process, please see page 16 of

T&G’s 2023 Climate-related Disclosure). In 2024, our

scenarios remain the same and they will be reviewed in

the next one to three years as the latest climate science

and updated Aotearoa New Zealand sector level-

scenario analysis become available.

03. Strategy

T&G’s climate scenarios

2. Average global temperature rise for RCP1.9, in alignment with NZ CS 1

3. Rise in average global temperatures in the 2081-2100 period relative to

the pre-industrial baseline (1850-1900)

SCENARIO 1:

ORDERLY

DECARBONISATION

SCENARIO 2:

REGIONAL

RIVALRY

SCENARIO 3:

HOTHOUSE

SSP/RCP

combination used

SSP1

RCP1.9 and 2.6

SSP3

RCP4.5

SSP5

RCP8.5

Warming level1.5°C

2

warming by 2100

3

2.9°C warming by 2100

3

4.8°C warming by 2100

3


Description

A fast, globally coordinated

transition to a net zero

emissions economy

Resurgent nationalism,

deglobalisation and

trade barriers, alongside

weak climate action until

2030, followed by a rapid,

disrupted transition to a

low-emissions world

A future with a lack of

climate policies and a

focus on adaptation instead

of mitigation. There are

significant physical climate

change impacts and warming

Plausibility

for T&G

Selected to reflect a plausible

future in which T&G has to

rapidly decarbonise and

transition its operations

Selected as it poses high

levels of disruption to

international trade that would

affect T&G’s business model

Selected due to the high

level of physical impact

that would manifest in

T&G’s growing operations

Table 1: T&G's climate scenarios

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

12T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

12

Rationale for scenarios

The establishment of T&G’s three scenarios was guided

by the requirements of the NZ CS 1 and The Aotearoa

Circle’s

4

Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios.

Sector scenarios were developed by The Aotearoa

Circle in 2022 and 2023 by bringing together the

diversity of the agriculture sector to collaborate,

share knowledge, science and insights, and inform

the outcome. T&G participated as a member of the

Technical Expert Group.

In line with the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate

Change (IPCC), T&G has used both Representative

Concentration Pathways (RCPs) and Shared

Socio-economic Pathways (SSPs) as the basis of our

climate scenarios. This provides us with a plausible

future state, from which we can analyse and test our

business strategy.

RCPs are models which illustrate possible future

greenhouse gas emission trajectories, and SSPs

are projections which describe alternative futures

of socio-economic development without climate

policy intervention. Each number in the RCP and SSP

is a reference to a socio-economic narrative and a

different emission trajectory.

T&G’s first scenario, orderly decarbonisation (1.5°C),

and third scenario, hothouse (4.8°C), align with both the

mandated NZ CS 1 scenarios as well as The Aotearoa

Circle sector scenarios.

Regional rivalry (2.9°C), our second scenario, differs

from the sector scenarios. It was selected as we

consider regional rivalry (a combination of SSP3 and

RCP4.5) to be the more comprehensive challenge

for our business given the aspects of deglobalisation,

increased national food security and the subsequent

effects on consumer preferences and market size.

We selected RCP4.5 because:

■ It provides an intermediate warming scenario from

a physical risk perspective (distinctly different from

orderly decarbonisation and hothouse scenarios).

■ Of historic availability of RCP4.5 data relative to

RCP6.0 data in 2023 when the work was conducted.

■ It is commonly adopted by other reporting entities,

allowing for easier comparison of Climate-related

Disclosures.

■ It was used in The Aotearoa Circle’s sector scenarios,

allowing consistency in the translation of sector-to-

company specific scenarios.

No further scenarios have been undertaken since 2023.

4. The Aotearoa Circle is a voluntary initiative which brings together leaders from the public and private sectors to commit to priority actions that will restore Aotearoa

New Zealand’s natural capital for future generations. Its Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios can be found at www.theaotearoacircle.nz/reports-resources/

agri-sector-climate-change-scenarios

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

13T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

13

T&G’s scenario narratives

Scenario 1:

Orderly decarbonisation

In the near-term, the world shifts purposefully

towards valuing planetary health, biodiversity and

human wellbeing, with governments and institutions

collaborating effectively at all levels in pursuit of these

goals and net zero emissions.

Environmentally-friendly technologies are developed

and uptake of renewable energy increases. There

is rapid decarbonisation of the transport network.

However, this results in increases to import and

export costs, and time to market, for example, due to

slower moving ships. Globally, sustainable purchasing

and consumption habits are enhanced, resulting in

increased amounts of produce sourced regionally and

scrutiny in overseas markets of food shipped over great

distances from places like Aotearoa New Zealand. The

effects of climate change are increasingly evident in the

second half of the century, with significant impacts to

the horticulture sector, especially in terms of wind and

flood damage to horticulture infrastructure. This creates

difficulty accessing climate-related insurance products

for growers.

In tandem, the use of new horticultural technologies,

advancements in sustainable fertilisers and

regenerative horticulture techniques rapidly emerge,

and forests and native plantings are also enhanced.

At a wider level, the agriculture sector meets 2050 net

zero goals through activities such as these, driven by

the recognition that decarbonisation impacts its social

license to operate.


Scenario 2:

Regional rivalry

Off the back of COVID-19 and regional conflicts,

there is a resurgence of nationalism in the near

future. This leads to trade barriers, rivalry and

nation-serving behaviours.

Globalism deteriorates, and there are increased

constraints on international trade and technology

transfer, resulting in nations prioritising food and

resource security. Food stockpiling means consumer

preferences shift to less perishable and preserved

produce options. Governments increase attention

and scrutiny for the local food sector, with an emphasis

on maximising yields, whatever it takes. These shifts

have multiple knock-on effects.

Exporters face reputational risks and consumers

increasingly support domestic, Aotearoa New Zealand-

grown produce. Also, sustainability and biodiversity

outcomes are de-prioritised, with net zero

commitments deferred until 2035, when policies

are enacted with costly transition implications. With

the focus on growing food, there are increases in

deforestation, biodiversity loss, and negative impacts on

ecosystem services, for example, pollinators. Climate-

related chronic impacts and extreme events accelerate

beyond 2050, with increased water scarcity and water

rights conflicts internationally, further exacerbating

food security issues. Increases in drought frequency

and severity, fire and severe weather all have adverse

impacts on growers. This creates increased challenges

for accessing insurance and finance, and the failure of

smaller grower businesses who are unable to adapt and

transition their businesses. With an increasing need to

shore up food security, there is widespread international

social acceptance of modern genetic technologies,

such as new breeding techniques and gene editing.

Scenario 3:

Hothouse

The world continues with business as usual for the

coming decades. Globally, an economic and social

development focus built on fossil fuel-intensive growth

yields little climate regulation. However, companies

owned by or having tangata whenua business partners

remain committed to demonstrating sustainability.

Climate change impacts intensify and increase,

especially after 2050. There is extreme heat which

causes blackouts, fatalities, worker heat stress and

food supply shortages. As a result, produce demand

increases, with a two-tier market emerging: high-

priced sustainable options and low-priced conventional

choices for the mass market. The severity and

frequency of ex-tropical cyclones, flooding, drought and

fire increases in Aotearoa New Zealand, which creates

catastrophic growing damage, significant losses and

supply chain disruptions. The horticulture industry

shifts to indoor growing, cultivating new regions with

intensifying land competition, and increased acceptance

and use of modern genetic technologies to develop

plants with climate-resilient properties. In this context,

grower climate adaptation difficulties result in stranded

assets, increased market concentration, costly and

challenging technological innovation, and the need for

increased government support. Obtaining insurance

is increasingly difficult, and growers face financial

liabilities and the need to self-insure. Globally, water

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

14T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

14

stress, competition, and energy and food instability

cause poverty and political instability. To counteract

this, global markets are increasingly integrated, trade

policy supported, and international shipping and

logistics diversified to thwart weather disruptions.

There is a post-climate disaster focus on adaptation,

technology, infrastructure and systems change.

Limitations of scenarios

The use of climate scenarios provides insights on

what the impacts might be. Scenarios are crafted

with the best information available at the time they

are produced. However, climate and many other

assumptions inherent in these scenarios may not

ultimately reflect the complex evolution and interaction

of global systems and factors. These factors are

inherently uncertain, not intended to provide a complete

or certain view of the future, and this should be noted

when reviewing this report.

T&G’s scenario narratives continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

15T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

15

Transition plan aspects

of T&G’s strategy

Within T&G’s overall business strategy, as detailed

in Figure 1, the following priorities guide our

transition planning towards a low-emissions,

climate-resilient future:

1. Diversify our business

2. Improve climate resilience

3. Decarbonise

4. Build capability

5. Allocate capital

1. Diversify our business

Expand licensed plant varieties

Global temperature increases can affect many aspects

of fruit quality, such as maturation, yield, colour, texture,

taste and storability.

As the world’s climate continues to change, new plant

varieties (which are suitable for different growing

conditions and regions) are vital to ensure global

food supply and to help build and maintain resilient

horticultural businesses.

Underpinning T&G’s strategy is the need to have unique

plant varieties that meet consumer and customer

needs. Our VentureFruit business leads this, partnering

with research and development institutes and plant

breeders around the world to develop, test, license

and commercialise new varieties globally. Its portfolio

includes apples, pears, berries and dragon fruit.

Significant progress has been made in expanding

our portfolio of licensed plant varieties, and this will

continue to be a key priority into the future.

As the global commercialisation partner of the Hot

Climate Partnership, VentureFruit has launched

the world’s first two apple varieties that have been

specifically bred for hot and warming climates. TUTTI™

branded apples were launched in February 2023 and

STELLAR™ apple trees launched in October 2024.

While both varieties have been developed to withstand

high temperatures, they also thrive in traditional,

temperate climates. Each variety has its own unique

benefits and strengths, complementing each other

by addressing different needs, such as pricing and

maturing timeframes.

With a bright red colour and a similar size to Gala

apples, STELLAR™ apple trees are an early variety,

maturing one to two weeks earlier than Gala, whereas

TUTTI™ branded apples are a mid-season apple. There

are currently over 600 hectares of TUTTI™ branded

apples licensed in three countries – Spain, Chile and

the United Kingdom. In Aotearoa New Zealand, the

first TUTTI™ branded apples were planted in 2024 and

the variety will be available for domestic licensing and

planting from 2026.

The Hot Climate Partnership has an extensive pipeline

of apple and pear varieties that are completing their

final years of evaluation and testing. At this stage, two

further varieties which have been specifically bred to

be tolerant of hot and warming climates have been

shortlisted and we are hopeful they will progress to

commercialisation in 2025.

In addition to the Hot Climate Partnership varieties,

in 2023 T&G launched JOLI

TM

, the newest apple brand

in its premium portfolio. JOLI

TM

branded apples are

the result of over 10 years of innovation. It is proven to

grow successfully across Aotearoa New Zealand and

supports our transition to building increased climate

resilience through diversification of growing regions,

as well as varieties and brands.

As illustrated with TUTTI™, STELLAR™ and JOLI™,

developing and commercialising new plant varieties

suitable for the world’s changing climate takes

time, financial investment and requires long-term

partnerships. With the development of new plant

varieties taking up to 20 years using traditional breeding

techniques, T&G is excited by the potential of modern

genetic technologies to help accelerate the process

and our sector’s ability to adapt.

Recent advancements in these technologies have

seen the advent of new advanced breeding techniques,

such as gene editing. This enables precise changes

to be made to an organism’s existing DNA which

mimic traditional breeding – making the same types

of changes to plants that occur naturally, but doing it

faster and more efficiently. These technologies have

the potential to help the horticulture sector adapt

faster to a changing climate, reduce emissions through

reduced sprays, improve outputs and meet evolving

consumer needs.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

16T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

16

Many global markets have recently made changes to

their legislation to safely embrace gene technologies.

Whilst T&G is not currently using advanced

breeding technologies, we support the New Zealand

Government’s review of its gene technology rules, with

the intention of updating them to match scientific and

technology advancements. From T&G’s perspective,

the safe use of these technologies, alongside traditional

breeding, have the potential to help take Aotearoa

New Zealand’s horticultural sector into the future.

Invest in low-impact orcharding

VentureFruit, alongside its United Kingdom breeding

partners, is embarking on a concerted effort of

screening and evaluating the performance of newly-

developed disease resistant varieties.

Climate change is expected to bring warmer and

potentially wetter growing conditions, likely increasing

pressure on crops from fungal and bacterial diseases.

This could impact market access or cause devastating

crop losses if not managed properly.

Hence the desire to breed and select new disease

resistant plant varieties to combat this. Beyond helping

from a climate adaptation point of view, disease

resistant plant varieties could also support a reduced

need for spray applications and related tractor passes

with a higher saleable yield, therefore creating a more

sustainable outcome with lower carbon emissions.

Diversify growing regions and supply

Changing climatic conditions may mean that some

land and regions are no longer suitable for growing

existing crops and that new growing areas may become

available. Climatic factors may also shape international

trade if countries take steps to prioritise and ensure

their nations’ food security, resulting in a shift in global

trade flows. T&G recognises these risks and we are

building transitional elements within our strategy.

In our Apples business, we are building global premium

brands underpinned by a dual hemisphere, multi-

country growing and sourcing strategy. This ensures

geographical spread and proximity to our markets.

Currently, 31% of T&G’s global apple supply is sourced

from Aotearoa New Zealand (from a mixture of T&G-

owned orchards and independent growers), 37%

from the Americas, 23% from Europe and the United

Kingdom, and 9% from other areas around the world.

In recent years, we have licensed the growing of

ENVY™ branded apples to growers in new countries,

including China.

In Aotearoa New Zealand, historically 52% of T&G’s

premium apples were grown in Hawke’s Bay, with

the balance grown in Tairāwhiti Gisborne, Nelson and

Central Otago.

Over the last five years, we have expanded our supply

footprint, licensing additional independent growers in

Tairāwhiti Gisborne and Nelson to grow ENVY™ branded

apples. For JOLI™ branded apples, we have planted 55

hectares in our own Hawke’s Bay orchards, and we have

licensed 125 hectares to be grown in Canterbury. This

will be the first time a T&G variety has been grown on a

commercial scale in Canterbury. Further plantings will

occur in Aotearoa New Zealand over coming years, with

a current long-term target of 700 hectares.

With T&G Fresh’s business model centred on both

T&G own-grown produce and the produce we source

from our valued independent growers, we draw

upon a diversified and flexible portfolio of produce

categories and sourcing regions. To further support the

transitioning and strengthening of our strategy, in 2024

we acquired the Hinton’s stone fruit business and leased

their stone fruit orchards and packhouse in Central

Otago, and have almost doubled the size and volume of

our Queensland blueberry farm.

Develop new business models

In addition to expanding our portfolio of new plant

varieties, and diversifying where and how our fresh

produce is grown and sourced, it is important that

T&G actively explores the way we do business and

potential new business models.

With the development of new technologies and novel

growing techniques that provide a higher level of

crop protection and controlled growing, we will look

favourably upon new business models which allow us

to participate in the value chain while minimising risk.

Investigating potential new business models is a

continuing key focus.

2. Improve climate resilience

With severe weather events and climate shifts

as important strategic considerations, T&G’s

transition planning considers how we respond

to climate change by improving the resilience of

our operations.

Transition plan aspects of T&G’s strategy continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

17T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

17

In 2023 we undertook a detailed analysis of three

climate scenarios which informed the update

and expansion of our climate-related risks and

opportunities. Climate-related risks and opportunities

are integrated into related management processes

to ensure there is no siloing.

Together with subject matter experts and risk owners,

we have developed future strategies for adaptation

and risk mitigation to improve business and operational

resilience. For more detailed information, see our

adaptation plan for our material risks and opportunities,

starting on page 25.

In terms of uncertainties, there are also some risk areas

we continue to assess and work to find solutions for.

These include extended wet orchard conditions, power

disruption from storms or changing grid and energy

generation trends.

3. Decarbonise

The importance of decarbonising our business, supply

chain and helping achieve Aotearoa New Zealand’s

climate change commitments, are key aspects in the

transition of T&G’s strategy.

Since 2017, we have had a target for reducing our scope

1 and 2 emissions. Having achieved these targets, in

2024 our climate targets were updated with validated

SBTs for scopes 1, 2 and 3 (see page 35).

For scope 1 (non-FLAG) and 2 (market-based), we have

a pathway towards achieving a significant portion of

our 2030 target: to reduce absolute emissions by 42%

from a 2021 base year. This year we reduced scope

1 (non-FLAG) emissions by 2% through initiatives

including the 2023 installation of thermal screens at

our Geraghty glasshouses. This year’s connection of

heat and biomethane at our Reporoa glasshouses are

expected to lower emissions going forward. T&G’s

current reduction trajectory to 2030 requires a further

~5,267 tCO

2

e of abatement initiatives. As we explore

our future growth and investment strategy, we continue

to look for technology solutions and opportunities to

close this gap. We will continue to map out and drive

our decarbonisation pathway, with supporting capital

expenditure, to achieve our 2030 target.

In line with our market-based approach, we purchase

renewable energy certificates (RECs) from Meridian

Energy under its certified renewable electricity scheme.

This results in zero emissions being reported from our

scope 2 electricity consumption, which is consistent

with meeting our SBT for renewable energy. Meridian’s

proceeds from its certified renewable energy product

have, in turn, benefited T&G by funding the installation of

electric vehicle (EV) charging infrastructure at our T&G

Fresh Auckland market. Other sites will be assessed for

EV charging infrastructure in the near future.

Within our supply chain, there are some decarbonisation

challenges – primarily in our heavy truck fleet and

glasshouse operations.

For heavy fleet, while key players in Aotearoa

New Zealand are exploring potential options, such

as hydrogen and biofuels, there is currently no clear

“one” technology and infrastructure solution available

across the country. We are working with TR Group, the

fleet market leader, and EECA (the Energy Efficiency

& Conservation Authority) to continue to monitor

developments closely. In the interim, we continue

to introduce fuel-efficient trucks, and in 2024 we

implemented a transport management system to

improve operational efficiency, amongst other benefits.

For glasshouse operations, the challenge is the

availability of alternative fuels and CO

2

to heat and

support the growth of crops. In the year ahead, the

performance of Geraghty’s thermal screens will

be monitored to inform any future thermal screen

investments in our other glasshouses. Thermal screens

are already installed in our Reporoa glasshouses.

Transition planning to support the decarbonisation

efforts of our wider supply chain (scope 3) is detailed

under ‘Build capability’.

4. Build capability

Build internal capability

Growing organisational understanding and

capabilities in climate change and climate-related

risks and opportunities is a core component of our

transition planning.

At a governance level, in 2023 the SC was established

to provide appropriate focus and oversight in this critical

area (see page 9) and to support the Board. In 2024, the

SC’s major areas of focus included decarbonisation and

climate risks and opportunities.

At a management level, as noted on page 10, in 2024

an Our Planet Steering Committee was established to

focus exclusively on our Kaitiakitanga areas of climate

action and low-impact operations.

Transition plan aspects of T&G’s strategy continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

18T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

18

A proactive programme of engagement with each

business unit is ongoing, helping educate and guide

teams in the development and delivery of our emissions

reduction and adaptation plans. This will continue to

be supported by team members attending external

industry knowledge-building sessions.

Support T&G’s growers and

supply chain to transition

Our value chain is critical to our adaptation and

decarbonisation efforts.

Approximately 93% of our carbon footprint comes

from our supply chain – this is T&G’s scope 3 emissions.

From initial screening, the largest sources of our scope

3 emissions are category 3.1, purchased goods and

services (which also includes the purchasing of fresh

fruit and vegetables from our independent growers,

under the FLAG category); and category 3.4, our

upstream transport and distribution suppliers.

While we may not have all the answers, in support

of our scope 3 SBTs, we see ourselves having an

important role in sharing our climate knowledge,

analysis, learnings, and decarbonisation and adaptation

plans. For our growers, this will help them decarbonise

their businesses and adapt to a changing climate,

and for our wider supply chain, it will support them in

setting reduction targets.

This year, we began engaging with our Aotearoa

New Zealand growers, sharing the findings from

our climate scenario analysis and adaptation plans.

Engagement also commenced with Aotearoa New Zealand

transport and distribution suppliers to understand their

climate strategies, targets and emissions profiles. In the

year ahead, this will be broadened to include our non-

grower purchased goods and services suppliers.

Some of the businesses in our scope 3 categories face

challenges in being able to immediately decarbonise all

areas of their operations. This includes technology and

solution limitations, such as limited availability of low-

emissions farm equipment and low-carbon shipping

fuels, as well as financial constraints.

We are committed to a best-efforts approach to support

and influence change where we can in our supply chain.

In addition to proactively engaging with our suppliers,

we closely monitor global developments for emerging

opportunities and technologies to explore and share

best practice.

5. Allocate capital

Linking capital deployment with transition plans and our

climate risks and opportunities is essential to enable

climate action and the successful delivery of our growth

strategy. T&G does this through targeted allocation

of capital to ensure we invest ahead of customer and

consumer demand.

Aligned with our scope 1 and 2 decarbonisation pathway,

we actively explore commercially available solutions

as well as innovative new technologies to ascertain the

viability and benefit to T&G. In 2024, while spending

was constrained as we focused on rebuilding our

financial strength following Cyclone Gabrielle to meet

our medium-term strategic and financial outcomes,

we did not come across any significantly compelling

commercial solutions for our hard-to-abate areas of

heavy fleet and glasshouses.

The transitioning of our business to become more

climate-resilient is capital-intensive. In 2024, we

invested in the expansion of our Queensland berry farm

and associated protective structures, such as tunnels

and shade netting. Further prudent capital spend will

be required in the years ahead to support transition

aspects of our strategy.

Operationally, carbon and environmental considerations

have been built into our financial processes, including

annual capital expenditure, operating budgets, leases

and our three-year business planning cycle. An internal

proprietary model to measure the financial impacts

of climate risks across key business metrics has also

been developed. These initiatives will help inform our

transition plans and align the allocation of future funding

for decarbonisation and adaptation measures.

Transition plan aspects of T&G’s strategy continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

19T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

19

Integration of climate-

related risks with overall

risk management

T&G manages risks with the Three Lines of Defence

Model (see Figure 3), which highlights the importance

of segregation of roles and responsibilities across

governance, management and day-to-day operations,

while also highlighting relationships between the

different areas.

The Board sets and monitors T&G’s Risk Appetite

captured in the Risk Appetite Statement, which

expresses T&G’s position to pursue, retain or take

on risks. The Risk Appetite is reflected in business

policies which are regularly reviewed and approved

by the Board.

T&G’s Risk Management Policy is available on our

website https://tandg.global/investors/corporate-

governance, and together with T&G’s Risk and

Compliance Framework, provides an overarching

framework for assessing, monitoring and managing

risks, including climate-related risks. The T&G Risk and

Compliance Framework assists in the identification of

strategic, project, climate-related and operational risks,

and supports the delivery of T&G’s business objectives

and strategy within T&G’s Risk Appetite.

It comprises the following:

■ Risk assessment through identification, analysis

and evaluation by using the T&G Risk Matrix

(see Appendix 4), defining T&G’s risk tolerance

from low to extreme.

04. Risk management

■ Residual risk analysis and treatment with an

assessment to be made to either accept, reduce,

transfer or eliminate the risk.

■ Monitoring and review of risks, mitigation and

controls to determine the ongoing validity of the

assumptions made.

■ Communication and consultation with internal and

external stakeholders, including regular reporting

to the Executive team, the Our Planet Steering

Committee, FRIC, SC and the Board.

■ Escalation of risks to the Executive team, Board

Committees and the Board via T&G’s risk escalation

process outlined in Appendix 3.

Climate-related risks are integrated into the T&G

risk management process through the Three Lines

of Defence Model, Risk Appetite Statement and T&G

Risk Matrix.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

20T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

20

Scenarios and time horizons

for risk and opportunity

assessment

In 2023, T&G conducted its first climate scenario

analysis to develop three plausible scenarios which

describe how the future may develop, each supported

by a set of assumptions.

These scenarios are not predictions of the future,

they are hypothetical outcomes which challenge our

understanding and help us build further resilience into

our strategy and business model. This analysis looked

at the next 50 years (to 2073) which aligns with the

lifetime of T&G’s assets and Aotearoa New Zealand’s

regulatory aspirations for net zero by 2050. The wider

scenarios, however, extend to 2100 (whereas T&G’s

are to 2073).

Short-term

1-3 years

This aligns to business planning

and capital allocation processes.

Medium-term

3-10 years

This aligns to business planning as well as

global climate change ambitions under the Paris

Agreement 2030.

Long-term

10-50 years

This aligns to apple orchard growing cycles of 25 years,

the life span of major assets and mid/end century time horizons

used by both IPCC and NIWA.

T&G defines the time horizons to assess climate-related

risks and opportunities in accordance with the United

Nations’ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

(IPCC), NIWA, External Reporting Board (XRB) and

ISO14091 (ISO 202). These are outlined in Figure 4.

Time horizons

Figure 4: T&G’s time horizons, used to identify and assess climate-related risks and opportunities

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

21T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

21

Identifying and assessing

climate-related risks and

opportunities

T&G’s climate-related risks and opportunities are

grouped by value drivers aligned with T&G’s business

model and value chain. No part of T&G’s value chain

has been excluded from our qualitative analysis. T&G’s

value drivers are:

Growing

T&G-owned or

leased orchards

Post-harvest

Shipping and

logistics

Sales

Independent growers and

sourced produce

Intellectual

property

Supply and category

procurement

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

22T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

22

a

n

a

l

y

s

i

s


a

n

d

E

s

c

a

l

a

t

i

o

n

I

d

e

n

t

i

fi

c

a

t

i

o

n

A

n

a

l

y

s

i

s

E

v

a

l

u

a

t

i

o

n

R

e

s

i

d

u

a

l


r

i

s

k

t

r

e

a

t

m

e

n

t

T&G’s process to assess climate-

related risks and opportunities

To identify and assess climate-related risks, T&G

follows this five-stage process. Opportunities are

assessed through the same process where appropriate.

Stage 1: Identification

Identification of new and review of existing climate-

related transitional and physical risks and opportunities

through interviews or workshops that include:

■ Participants and subject matter experts from across

the business, representing each of the T&G value

drivers.

■Risk and climate change experts where needed.

■ Capturing the impacts and hazards of risks and

opportunities to value drivers.

Stage 2: Analysis

Risks are analysed against climate change scenarios

and time horizons using the T&G Risk Matrix (see

Appendix 4), and our climate-related risk screening

tool. Opportunities are analysed for each value driver

and scenario to determine the benefit for the business.

This year, high and medium rated risks were analysed to

determine the anticipated financial impact if they were

to eventuate. This assessment allows us to confirm our

material risks for reporting.

Stage 3: Evaluation

For each risk, the effectiveness of existing controls

is determined, as well as the need for any changes.

Opportunities are ranked to determine the priority for

the creation of action plans by the business.

Evaluation is supplemented with climate-related events,

which have had or could have an impact on T&G’s assets

and future strategy.

Stage 4: Residual risk analysis and treatment

The residual risk is based on the controls put in

place for managing risks. For each residual risk,

an assessment is made to either:

■ Accept the risk and make a conscious decision

to not take any action.

■ Accept the risk but take some actions to lessen

or minimise its likelihood or impact.

■ Transfer the risk (in whole or in part) to another

individual or organisation (e.g. through insurance)

where possible.

■ Eliminate the risk by ceasing to perform the activity

causing it.

Stage 5: Escalation

Risk escalation is dependent on the short-term

residual risk rating (see Appendix 3 for details of the

escalation). Opportunities are escalated depending on

their prioritisation.

Priority opportunities are advised by the business

to the Executive team to agree, determine funding,

and support the development of action plans for

implementation. These are then escalated to the FRIC,

SC and Board for approval.

Figure 5: T&G’s process to assess climate-related risks

and opportunities

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

23T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

23

Monitoring and review

Monitoring and reviewing of risks and opportunities,

mitigations and controls is undertaken to detect

changes and determine the ongoing validity of

assumptions made, including:

■ Climate-related events and actual or potential impact

on T&G as they occur.

■ Climate change scenario modelling as new or

updated climate data becomes available.

■ Monitoring and analysis of available climate-related

reporting.

■Monitoring of key risk indicators as required.

■ Monitoring of opportunity action plans and realisation.

■Internal audits.

■External audits.

Climate-related risks and opportunities, controls, action

plans and owners are documented and monitored in

T&G’s risk management system. All climate-related

risks and opportunities are reviewed at least annually by

stakeholders within T&G, with support from consultants

and industry experts as required.

Climate-related reporting requirements, supporting

documentation and any changes to regulations are

captured in T&G’s risk management system and

monitored on an ongoing basis.

Climate-related risks and opportunities are managed,

reported and escalated separately to other risks and

are captured in a specific climate change risk and

opportunity register in T&G’s risk management system.

Material climate-related

risks and opportunities

In defining physical and transitional risks and

opportunities, T&G has used the Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standard NZ CS 1 definitions, which are:

Physical risks

Risks related to the physical impacts of climate change.

Physical risks emanating from climate change can be

event-driven (acute), such as increased severity of

extreme weather events. They can also relate to longer-

term shifts (chronic) in precipitation and temperature

and increased variability in weather patterns.

Transitional risks

Risks related to the transition to a low-emissions,

climate-resilient global and domestic economy, such

as policy, legal, technology, market and reputation

changes associated with the mitigation and adaptation

requirements relating to climate change.

Opportunities

The potentially positive climate-related outcomes for an

entity. Efforts to mitigate and adapt to climate change

can produce opportunities for entities, such as through

resource efficiency and cost savings, the adoption

and utilisation of low-emissions energy sources,

the development of new products and services, and

building resilience along the value chain.

Determination of

financial impacts

From the work conducted in 2023 and 2024 to

develop and refine T&G’s climate-related risks

and opportunities, our Apples business currently

has the higher proportion of climate-related risks

and opportunities.

Apple orcharding is inherently variable, with production

volumes varying year-to-year due to a range of factors,

including orchard management practices and the

climate. These climatic factors are not necessarily all

symptomatic of climate change, and can account for

export yield variability of up to +/- 10% per season.

For this reason, variability with this range has been

excluded for the purposes of calculating the actual

impact of the various climate risks on T&G’s 2024 result.

During the year, T&G started the journey to

determine the anticipated financial impact of its risks

and opportunities.

We have developed a model to provide an assessment

of the potential financial impact our high and medium

rated risks may have on the business and their

materiality should they eventuate. This enabled us to

confirm our material risks for reporting.

The current key assumptions of the model, which have

guided our disclosed material risks, are based on a

medium-term 2040 worst case scenario for each risk

occurring, after allowing for mitigations.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

24T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

24

In the year ahead, T&G will continue to refine its financial

model and we will disclose anticipated financial impacts for

our material risks in our 2025 Climate-related Disclosure.

The current key assumptions of the model which have

guided our disclosed risks are as follows:

■ The risk impact would occur in 2040, and we are

living in scenario 3 – Hothouse. 2040 was chosen as

it is a medium-term time horizon for which there is

supporting data for climate and our business, such as

apple volumes and growing regions.

■ Modelling was not undertaken for the three different

scenarios – we do not anticipate significant differences

in the financial impacts based on the scenarios until at

least 2050.

■ The impact of the risk on T&G was looked at in

isolation for 2040, i.e. not allowing for the cumulative

impact of various risks up until 2040.

■ For each respective risk, the modelling assumed it

occurred at the most critical time for our business.

■ Each risk’s financial impact was refined based

on the level of mitigations currently in place,

not considering potential future controls and

technological developments.

The areas for potential refinement in the year

ahead include:

■A probability of each risk occurring.

■ Consideration of potential cumulative effects of

climate change over time.

■ The aggregation of lower rated risks, which when

combined may result in a material risk to the business.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

25T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

25

Material climate-related risks

Overarching risk 1: Damage to T&G operations due to increasing intensity and frequency of severe weather events

RISKHAZARDTYPERISK

CATEGORY

VALUE

DRIVER

CURRENT

IMPACTS

CURRENT

STRATEGIES

CURRENT

REGION(S)

AFFECTED

AMOUNT

OR % OF

BUSINESS

IMPACTED

ANTICIPATED

IMPACTS

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

STRATEGIES

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

REGIONS

SCENARIO AND

TIME HORIZON

UNDER WHICH

THE RISK

BECOMES

MATERIAL

R1.1Consecutive

years of

higher-than-

average

rainfall

saturates

the soil

impacting

tree health,

resulting in

fruit yield and

quality issues

Heavy

precipitation

PhysicalChronicGrowing ■Hawke’s

Bay apple

trees (across

the industry)

experienced

high levels of

soil moisture,

resulting in

smaller-sized

fruit, reduced

volumes and

compromised

health of some

trees

■In 2024, the

financial impact

of this was in the

range of $1.0 -

$2.0 million

■Replace

significantly

compromised

trees

■Track soil

moisture levels

and optimise

drainage where

possible

■Better

understand

the risk, apple

varieties most

impacted

and optimal

mitigation

strategies

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

4% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

T&G’s own-

grown apples

revenue with

revenue for

the Group

■Limited data

is available to

understand how

this pattern

impacts tree

health over

time (2024

was T&G’s first

experience)

■Could

impact yield,

orchard and

post-harvest

associated

costs, market

suitability and

pricing

■New solutions

to enable early

detection

■Additional

practices that

promote and

measure root

system health

and resilience

■Further

diversify

growing regions

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

R1.2Consecutive

years of wet

weather

increases

pests and

diseases,

causing

significant

impacts to

fruit yield and

quality

Heavy

precipitation

PhysicalChronicGrowing ■Increased

apple pests and

diseases

■Lower

efficiency of

treatments in

wet conditions

■Phytosanitary

market access

difficulties

■In 2024,

the financial

impact of this

was less than

$1.0 million

■Improve pest

and disease

monitoring and

management

plans

■Diversify sales

and marketing

strategies

■Active

member of

industry and

Government

research

projects, e.g.

Smart and

Sustainable

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

4% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

T&G’s own-

grown apples

revenue with

revenue for

the Group

■Currently,

limited options

are available

to effectively

treat pests and

diseases in wet

weather

■Could

impact yield,

orchard and

post-harvest

associated

costs, market

suitability and

pricing

■Through

VentureFruit,

and alongside

some of its

breeding

partners, new

disease

resistant apple

varieties are

being evaluated

■New advanced

breeding

techniques,

such as gene

editing, may

help speed up

development of

new varieties

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Low riskMedium riskHigh riskPlease refer to the Risk Matrix in Appendix 4 for further information.

KEY

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

26T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

26

RISKHAZARDTYPERISK

CATEGORY

VALUE

DRIVER

CURRENT

IMPACTS

CURRENT

STRATEGIES

CURRENT

REGION(S)

AFFECTED

AMOUNT

OR % OF

BUSINESS

IMPACTED

ANTICIPATED

IMPACTS

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

STRATEGIES

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

REGIONS

SCENARIO AND

TIME HORIZON

UNDER WHICH

THE RISK

BECOMES

MATERIAL

R1.3Increasing

intensity and

frequency

of flooding

events

(fluvial/

pluvial/

coastal

storm

surges)

damages

T&G’s apple

orchards,

leading to

reduced crop

yields

FloodPhysicalAcuteGrowing ■Majority of

T&G’s financial

impact from

Cyclone

Gabrielle was

experienced in

2023

■In 2024, the

financial impact

of this was

in the range

of $1.0 - $2.0

million

■Diversify

growing

locations and/

or regions

■Assess

and monitor

council flood

controls and

improvements

■Orchard flood

modelling

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

4% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

T&G’s own-

grown apples

revenue with

revenue for

the Group

■Given damage

to orchards

during such

an event is

subject to other

factors e.g.

time of year,

it’s currently

not possible

to estimate

the anticipated

impact. The

outcome of

T&G’s flood

modelling will

support future

estimation

■Further

diversify

growing

locations and/

or regions

■Develop a

Flood Risk

Policy covering

T&G’s own

Hawke’s Bay

apple orchards

Aotearoa

New Zealand

Hothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

R1.4Extreme

flooding

events

damage

T&G-owned

packhouses,

cool stores,

inventory,

and plant and

machinery,

leading to

the inability

to pack

and store

produce

FloodPhysicalAcutePost-

harvest

■No current

impacts

■New T&G

assets are

designed

with flood

mitigations

■Maintain

partnerships

with industry

post-harvest

operators

to ensure

business

continuity

■Assess

and monitor

council flood

controls and

improvements

■Optimised

insurance

programme in

place

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

30% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

T&G’s post-

harvest apple

assets with

its total asset

base

■From

February to

September,

T&G is heavily

reliant on

its apple

post-harvest

facilities. In

such an event,

alternative

post-harvest

providers in the

region may also

be affected

■Could impact

shipping,

logistics, market

suitability,

pricing,

operating costs

and potentially

result in asset

write-offs

■Diversify

post-harvest

facilities

Aotearoa

New Zealand

Hothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Material climate-related risks continued

Overarching risk 1: Damage to T&G operations due to increasing intensity and frequency of severe weather events continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

27T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

27

RISKHAZARDTYPERISK

CATEGORY

VALUE

DRIVER

CURRENT

IMPACTS

CURRENT

STRATEGIES

CURRENT

REGION(S)

AFFECTED

AMOUNT

OR % OF

BUSINESS

IMPACTED

ANTICIPATED

IMPACTS

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

STRATEGIES

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

REGIONS

SCENARIO AND

TIME HORIZON

UNDER WHICH

THE RISK

BECOMES

MATERIAL

R1.5Increasing

wind or

tropical

storms

damage

T&G-owned

orchards

and growing

facilities,

leading to

damage to

structures

and crops

Wind

(storm/

tropical

cyclone)

PhysicalAcuteGrowing ■No current

impacts

■Continue

to re-develop

orchards with

2D structures

to increase tree

stability

■Diversify

growing and

sourcing

regions

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

4% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

T&G’s own-

grown apples

revenue with

revenue for

the Group

■Concentrated

risk in Hawke’s

Bay given scale

of T&G-owned

orchards

■Could impact

yield, increased

orchard and

post-harvest

costs, market

suitability,

pricing and

potentially

asset write-offs

■Further

diversify

growing and

sourcing

locations and/

or regions

■Explore and

adopt new

protective and

controlled

growing

techniques

Aotearoa

New Zealand

Hothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

R1.6Increasing

frequency

and intensity

of drought

disrupts

power

availability,

leading to

insufficient

energy for

packhouse

and cool

store

operations,

operational

delays and

produce

spoilage

DroughtPhysicalChronicPost-

harvest

■No current

impacts

■Maintain

partnerships

with industry

post-harvest

operators

to ensure

business

continuity

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

4% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

T&G’s own-

grown apples

revenue with

revenue for

the Group

■From

February to

September,

T&G is heavily

reliant on

its apple

post-harvest

facilities. In

such an event,

alternative

post-harvest

providers in the

region may also

be affected

■Could impact

shipping,

logistics,

market

suitability,

pricing and

operating costs

■Explore

alternative

energy sourcing

Aotearoa

New Zealand

Hothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Material climate-related risks continued

Overarching risk 1: Damage to T&G operations due to increasing intensity and frequency of severe weather events continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

28T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

28

RISKHAZARDTYPERISK

CATEGORY

VALUE

DRIVER

CURRENT

IMPACTS

CURRENT

STRATEGIES

CURRENT

REGION(S)

AFFECTED

AMOUNT

OR % OF

BUSINESS

IMPACTED

ANTICIPATED

IMPACTS

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

STRATEGIES

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

REGIONS

SCENARIO AND

TIME HORIZON

UNDER WHICH

THE RISK

BECOMES

MATERIAL

R1.7Not enough

heat and

sunshine

hours

(growing

degree days)

during the

critical cell

division

period

significantly

impacts

apple sizing

Low

growing

degree

days/

sunshine

hours

PhysicalAcuteGrowing ■In 2023,

Hawke’s Bay

experienced

insufficient

growing degree

days (alongside

excess soil

moisture),

resulting in

2024 reduced

apple sizes and

volumes

■In 2024,

the financial

impact of this

was in the

range of $2.0 -

$3.0 million

■Enhanced

orchard

systems and

fruit maturity

modelling

■Diversify

growing and

sourcing

regions

■Active

member of

industry and

Government

research

projects, e.g.

Smart and

Sustainable

■Continue

to form and/

or strengthen

partnerships

to identify and

commercialise

new varieties

that perform

well in changing

conditions

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

4% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

T&G’s own-

grown apples

revenue with

revenue for

the Group

■Concentrated

risk in Hawke’s

Bay given scale

of T&G-owned

orchards

■Could impact

yield, increased

orchard and

post-harvest

costs, market

suitability and

pricing

■Grow varieties

which perform

well with fewer

growing degree

days

■Further

diversify

growing and

sourcing

regions

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Material climate-related risks continued

Overarching risk 1: Damage to T&G operations due to increasing intensity and frequency of severe weather events continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

29T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

29

RISKHAZARDTYPERISK

CATEGORY

VALUE

DRIVER

CURRENT

IMPACTS

CURRENT

STRATEGIES

CURRENT

REGION(S)

AFFECTED

AMOUNT

OR % OF

BUSINESS

IMPACTED

ANTICIPATED

IMPACTS

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

STRATEGIES

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

REGIONS

SCENARIO AND

TIME HORIZON

UNDER WHICH

THE RISK

BECOMES

MATERIAL

R2.1Increased

prevalence

of pests and

diseases

(and other

biosecurity

issues) due

to warmer

climate

conditions

leading to

reduced

quality and

quantity of

crops

Mean air

temperature

PhysicalChronicGrowing ■No current

impacts

■Continue

to form and/

or strengthen

partnerships

to identify and

commercialise

new varieties

that perform

well in changing

conditions

■Active

member of

industry and

Government

research

projects, e.g.

Smart and

Sustainable

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

8% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

T&G’s growing

revenue with

revenue for

the Group

■Could

impact yield,

orchard and

post-harvest

associated

costs, market

suitability and

pricing

■New

advanced

breeding

techniques,

such as gene

editing, may

help speed up

development of

new varieties

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Note: There are several other underlying risks that relate to a decline in land suitability for growing existing crop categories due to increasing average temperatures leading to changes in produce supply, but these have not been

assessed as material to T&G at this time. These relate to winter chill and restricted market access due to the prevalence of pest and disease.

Material climate-related risks continued

Overarching risk 2: Decline in land suitability for growing existing crop categories

due to increasing average temperatures leading to changes in produce supply

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

30T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

30

RISKHAZARDTYPERISK

CATEGORY

VALUE

DRIVER

CURRENT

IMPACTS

CURRENT

STRATEGIES

CURRENT

REGION(S)

AFFECTED

AMOUNT

OR % OF

BUSINESS

IMPACTED

ANTICIPATED

IMPACTS

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

STRATEGIES

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

REGIONS

SCENARIO AND

TIME HORIZON

UNDER WHICH

THE RISK

BECOMES

MATERIAL

R 3 .1Drought-

induced

water

scarcity

reduces

crop yields

from T&G’s

independent

growers and/

or leads to

inconsistent

supply

DroughtPhysicalChronicSupply and

category

procurement

■No current

impacts

■Provide

technical advice

on growing

techniques, and

water usage,

storage and

conservation

practices

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

15% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

revenue

derived from

apple growers

with revenue

for the Group

■Concentrated

risk in Hawke’s

Bay given scale

of independent

grower volumes

■Could impact

utilisation

of T&G’s

post-harvest

facilities, sales

and grower

returns

■New

advanced

breeding

techniques,

such as gene

editing, may

help speed up

development

of drought-

resilient

varieties

■Further

diversify

sourcing

locations and/

or regions

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

R3.2Increased

intensity and

frequency

of extreme

weather

events

reduces

crop yields

from T&G’s

independent

growers and/

or leads to

inconsistent

supply

FloodPhysicalAcuteSupply and

category

procurement

■Majority of

T&G’s financial

impact from

Cyclone

Gabrielle was

experienced in

2023

■In 2024,

the financial

impact of this

was in the

range of $3.0 -

$4.0 million

Diversify

growing

locations and/

or regions

Aotearoa

New Zealand

This risk

could impact

15% of T&G’s

business and

has been

determined

by comparing

revenue

derived from

apple growers

with revenue

for the Group

■Concentrated

risk in Hawke’s

Bay given scale

of independent

grower volumes

■Could impact

utilisation

of T&G’s

post-harvest

facilities, sales

and grower

returns

■Further

diversify

sourcing

locations and/

or regions

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Note: There are several other underlying risks that relate to reduced access to insurance and challenges with increased health and safety legislation, but these have not been assessed as material to T&G at this time.

Material climate-related risks continued

Overarching risk 3: Significant increases in the cost of doing business due to the convergence

of climate-related cost increases in glasshouse growing, transport and financial services procurement

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

31T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

31

Material climate-related opportunities

Overarching opportunity 1: New growing areas become available both locally and in-market

OPPORTUNITYTYPEVALUE

DRIVER

CURRENT

IMPACTS

CURRENT

STRATEGIES

CURRENT

REGION(S)

AFFECTED

AMOUNT OR %

OF BUSINESS

IMPACTED

ANTICIPATED

IMPACTS

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

STRATEGIES

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

REGIONS

SCENARIO AND

TIME HORIZON

UNDER

WHICH THE

OPPORTUNITY

BECOMES

MATERIAL

O1.1Expand T&G own-

growing operations

into new locations

which are more

suitable and/

or more resilient

to the changing

climate conditions

for that crop type

PhysicalGrowing ■No current

impacts

■Expand and/or

diversify growing

operations and/or

regions

Aotearoa

New Zealand

Australia

This opportunity

could impact 4%

of T&G’s business

and has been

determined by

comparing T&G’s

apples and berry

own-grown revenue

with revenue for the

Group

■Yet to assess the

costs or financial

benefits associated

with fully pursuing

this opportunity

■Further diversify

growing regions

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

O1.2Partner and

support

independent and

indigenous growers

in developing

resilience to

physical climate

impacts to help

secure supply

volumes and

consistency for

T&G and further

increase in-market

brand presence

PhysicalSupply and

category

procurement

■At this stage, no

material costs or

financial benefits

have occurred

■Provide technical

advice on growing

techniques

■Share climate

insights and T&G’s

climate scenarios,

risks, opportunities

and adaptation

plans with Aotearoa

New Zealand

independent

growers

GlobalThis opportunity

could impact 15%

of T&G’s business

and has been

determined by

comparing revenue

derived from apple

growers with

revenue for the

Group

■Yet to assess the

costs or financial

benefits associated

with fully pursuing

this opportunity

■As appropriate,

encourage and/

or support

diversification of

growing regions

GlobalOrderly

decarbonisation

and regional

rivalry

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Note: Low opportunities refer to benefit or value of less than $2 million. Medium opportunities refer to benefit or value between $2 million–$10 million. High opportunities refer to benefit or value of more than $10 million.

Low opportunity

Medium opportunityHigh opportunity

KEY

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

32T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

32

OPPORTUNITYTYPEVALUE

DRIVER

CURRENT

IMPACTS

CURRENT

STRATEGIES

CURRENT

REGION(S)

AFFECTED

AMOUNT OR %

OF BUSINESS

IMPACTED

ANTICIPATED

IMPACTS

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

STRATEGIES

POTENTIAL

FUTURE

REGIONS

SCENARIO AND

TIME HORIZON

UNDER

WHICH THE

OPPORTUNITY

BECOMES

MATERIAL

O2.1Strengthen T&G’s

presence in new

plant varieties by

partnering and

commercialising

heat and disease-

resilient varieties

PhysicalIntellectual

property

■At this stage,

revenue from

the licensing of

heat and climate-

resilient apples

accounts for 3% of

total VentureFruit

revenue

■Through the Hot

Climate Partnership,

VentureFruit has an

extensive pipeline

of apple and pear

varieties in the final

years of evaluation

and testing

■Launched TUTTI™

in 2023, the world’s

first specifically

bred apple for a hot

climate. To-date,

over 600 hectares

have been licensed

to grow in Spain,

Chile and the United

Kingdom

■Launched

STELLAR™ apple

trees in 2024.

To-date, received

400,000 pre-orders

from Europe

GlobalThis pertains to

VentureFruit,

which currently

contributes 2% of

total Group revenue.

However, it’s

important to note

that revenue from

the development

and licensing of heat

and climate-resilient

crops is expected

to grow significantly

over time, driven

by royalties from

plantings

■By 2035, it’s

anticipated that

the majority of

incremental

revenue growth

for VentureFruit

will come from

climate-tolerant,

pest resilient and

storage-compatible

varieties

■Aotearoa

New Zealand’s first

TUTTI™ apples were

planted in 2024 and

will be available

for licensing and

planting from 2026

■Through the Hot

Climate Partnership,

VentureFruit

expects to

commercialise

five new apple and

pear varieties over

the next six years.

Two varieties will

likely progress to

commercialisation

in 2025

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

O2.2Become market

leaders in the

management and

commercialisation

of plant varieties

bred via advanced

breeding

techniques,

focused on

climate-resilient

varieties, yield and

consumer attribute

improvements, by

leverage existing

international

presence, neutral

political reputation

and T&G’s

reputation

TransitionalIntellectual

property

■At this stage,

revenue from

the licensing of

heat and climate-

resilient apples

accounts for 3% of

total VentureFruit

revenue

■Due to its

scale, flexibility,

commercial

structure and

partnerships,

VentureFruit

is one of the

market leaders in

commercialising

climate-resilient

varieties. For its

current strategies,

refer to O2.1

GlobalThis pertains to

VentureFruit, which

currently contributes

2% of total Group

revenue. However,

it’s important to note

revenue from the

development and

licensing of heat and

climate-resilient

crops is expected

to grow significantly

over time, driven by

royalties from actual

plantings

■By 2035, it’s

anticipated that

the majority of

incremental

revenue growth

for VentureFruit

will come from

climate-tolerant,

pest resilient and

storage-compatible

varieties

■Through existing

and new global

partnerships,

maintain market

leading position for

climate-resilient

varieties

GlobalHothouse

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Material climate-related opportunities continued

Overarching opportunity 2: More growers and entities will seek climate-tolerant,

pest resilient and storage-compatible varieties

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

33T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

33

This section outlines the related metrics (including for

capital deployment) and targets for management of

T&G’s climate-related risks and opportunities, and its

GHG emissions.

Metrics

T&G’s metrics in relation to its climate-related risks

and opportunities are noted on pages 25 to 32, as

indicated by the amount or percentage of assets or

business activity potentially impacted. A further metric

is the amount of capital deployed towards our risks and

opportunities, and this is noted in the transition plan

aspects of our business strategy on page 18.

In regard to whether T&G’s remuneration incentive

plans relate to climate-related performance metrics,

while our incentive plans are linked to both Company

and individual performance, we do not explicitly link

them to climate-related outcomes.

Internal carbon price

T&G has an internal carbon price of $89.50/tCO

2

e

which applies to each tCO

2

e emitted. This rate is the

equivalent of €50/tCO

2

e and is the same price as 2023.

It helps inform operating plans, investment spend

and the direction of funds into decarbonisation solutions

and avoidance measures.

05. Metrics and targets

TARGETPROGRESS AND UNCERTAINTIESRELEVANT

RISKS AND

OPPORTUNITIES

Diversification of growing regionsManagement is considering regional, and possibly global, diversification to ensure a

climate-resilient business for the future.

Assumptions/uncertainties

This target is reliant on:

■ Comprehensive climate and other natural hazard data for regions in Aotearoa

New Zealand and overseas locations

■Availability of funding/capital

R1.1 – R1.7

R2.1

R3.2

O1.1

Continue to develop,

commercialise, license and

possibly grow pest, disease and

climate-resilient varieties. This

includes varieties with fewer

growing degree day requirements

Management has a strategy for the establishment and commercialisation of pest,

disease and climate-resilient varieties of apples and pears through VentureFruit.

Assumptions/uncertainties

■Speed of research, development, evaluation and testing

■Funding/capital available for research and development

■Customer/grower demand

R1.2

R1.7

O2.1 – O2.2

Understanding T&G’s exposure

to flooding for orchards and high

value assets

Management has already engaged with subject matter experts to understand our

exposure to flooding on orchard.

Assumptions/uncertainties

■Availability of flood data for all T&G growing regions and high value asset locations

R1.3

R1.4

Implementation of a process to

track the impacts of climate-

related events (hail, excessive

rainfall, drought etc.) on T&G’s

financial position

Management is currently developing a process to report and track the financial impacts

of climate-related events on the business’ financial position.

Assumptions/uncertainties

■Ascertaining which impacts are in relation to climate events and which are not

R1.1 – R1.7

Targets for climate-related risks and opportunities

Table 2: Targets for climate-related risks and opportunities

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

34T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

34

GHG reporting standards

and assurance

In accounting for our GHG emissions, T&G follows the

Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting

and Reporting Standard (Revised Edition, 2015) (the

‘GHG Protocol’). Our GHG inventory report is included

in Appendix 1. Included in the GHG inventory report are

selected disclosures as required by the Aotearoa New

Zealand Climate Standards.

Deloitte Limited has provided limited assurance over

the scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions as set out in their

report in Appendix 2. Third-party assurance has not

been provided over other areas contained in this

Climate-related Disclosure.

To note, outside of GHG information and data, third-

party assurance has not been provided over other

areas contained in this Climate-related Disclosure.

Targets and emissions

reductions

T&G has set near-term SBTs for GHG emissions

reductions, which were validated by the SBTi in 2024.

Detailed in Table 3, the targets align to science and

global best practice to limit global warming to 1.5°C

(as defined by SBTi methodology) and are against

material categories with large emissions sources.

These validated SBTs replace T&G’s previous targets,

as reported in our 2023 Climate-related Disclosure.

Highlights of emissions reduction projects and trends

have been provided in the opening message of this

report, and further detailed datasets can be found in

Appendix 1.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

35T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

35

TARGETBASE YEARMETRICTIMEFRAME2024 PERFORMANCECOMMENTARY

1By 2030, reduce absolute scope

1 and 2 GHG emissions by 42%

from a 2021 base year.

2021tCO

2

eBy 203016% cumulative reduction

against base year

These targets are ambitious and represent a steep reduction, consistent with limiting global

warming to 1.5°C, and (assuming the commercial availability of cost-efficient, operationally

compatible technology continues to become available) are realistic to achieve.

T&G has already reduced its absolute scope 1 (non-FLAG) and 2 (market-based) emissions by

16% to 27,221.83 tCO

2

e in 2024, against its 2021 base year of 32,520.74 tCO

2

e (applying a market-

based approach). See Figure 6 and Appendix 1 for further details.

2Continue annually sourcing

100% renewable electricity

through to 2030.

2021MWh of RECs

purchased

By 2030Ongoing deliveryThe use of renewable energy is critical to decarbonising scope 2 electricity-related emissions

and is consistent with limiting global warming to 1.5°C. Since 2020, T&G has annually purchased

100% renewable electricity via RECs in achievement of this target. See page 41 for further details

on RECs.

3By 2027, 90% of suppliers by

emissions covering category

3.1 purchased goods and

services and 3.4 upstream

transport and distribution will

have SBTs.

2021# suppliersBy 2027Work commencedDecarbonising the supply chain is critical in limiting global warming to 1.5°C. T&G is taking

ambitious action in its most material scope 3 categories by advocating to suppliers the adoption

of SBTs. This will be challenging but T&G will use best endeavours to achieve this target.

In 2024, initial engagement began with category 3.4 Aotearoa New Zealand-based suppliers.

Work will continue to expand in this category and with 3.1 suppliers.

Note: T&G has taken the second-year adoption provisions relating to disclosure and assurance

of scope 3 emissions in 2024.

4By 2030, reduce absolute scope

1 and 3 FLAG emissions by 30%

from a 2021 base year.

2021tCO

2

e2030Work commenced Ambitious reduction of farm-related emissions is critical in limiting global warming to 1.5°C.

T&G has collected its fertiliser data as part of our scope 1 FLAG emissions (see Figure 7).

In 2025, we will begin engaging with independent growers towards calculating scope 3 FLAG

emissions. Due to limitations of available farm input and technology solutions, combined with

challenging industry conditions, this target will be challenging to achieve.

Note: T&G has taken the second-year adoption provisions relating to disclosure and assurance

of scope 3 emissions in 2024.

5Commit to maintain no

deforestation across its

primary deforestation-linked

commodities.

2021Commitment2030Commitment maintained Stopping deforestation is vital to the Earth’s ecosystems, ability to store carbon, and is critical in

limiting global warming to 1.5°C.

In 2025, T&G will rollout an internal guideline to further ensure its commitment in this area is

maintained.

T&G’s performance against its SBTs

Table 3: T&G’s performance against its SBTs

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

36T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

36

2024202320222021

0

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000

35,000

Refrigerant leakage

Propane

Petrol

Natural gas

Targets 1 and 2

LPG

Heating oil

Diesel

Biomethane

tCO

2

e

2024202320222021

Fertiliser

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

tCO

2

e

Performance against targets continued

Figure 6: Annual progress against T&G’s first and second SBTs, which relate to scope 1 (non-FLAG)

and 2 (market-based) GHG emissions by source

Note: Aligned to our scope 1 SBT (see page 35), the purple dashed line above indicates the SBT

trajectory and denotes recent T&G emissions reduction performance against this trajectory. In this

graph, scope 2 electricity emissions are represented as zero under the market-based approach.

Figure 7: Annual progress against T&G’s fourth SBT, related to the fertiliser component of scope 1

FLAG GHG emissions

Note: T&G reports fertiliser and other land-based emissions separately, in accordance with SBTi

FLAG guidance, and has a distinct reduction target against this category. Trends demonstrated

here are only illustrative of the fertiliser component of the FLAG target, and it should be noted that

fertiliser applications may naturally fluctuate over time due to plant lifecycle and needs. T&G follows

a precision approach to fertiliser application, based on soil testing and what is required for plant

growth. Fertiliser data features in T&G’s GHG inventory for the first time in 2024 as an assured

restatement, covering historic data from 2021-2023. Beyond fertiliser, other components of scope 1

FLAG will be further assessed in 2025.

Progress against our first and second SBTsProgress against our fourth SBT

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

37T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

37

06. Appendices

Appendix 1:

T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory

Purpose and statement of intent

This greenhouse gas (GHG) inventory is for T&G

Global Limited and its subsidiaries, and covers scope

1 and 2 emissions for the period 1 January 2024 to

31 December 2024.

T&G is committed to using internationally accepted

standards when accounting for its GHG emissions. This

inventory report has been prepared in accordance with

the Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting

and Reporting Standard (Revised Edition, 2015) (the

‘GHG Protocol’). Included within the GHG inventory

report are selected disclosures also required under the

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards. T&G has

taken advantage of the transitional adoption provisions

to not include scope 3 emissions for this period (as

well as not providing scope 3 comparatives and not

obtaining assurance over scope 3 GHG emissions).

This inventory has been prepared with the best available

information, but it should be noted that there is inherent

uncertainty of GHG quantification due to incomplete

scientific knowledge.

Organisational boundaries

and consolidation approach

Parameters for GHG reporting are set by organisational

boundaries and ensure consistency when determining

which factors to include. We apply the financial control

consolidation approach which ensures we focus on

emissions that are within our financial control and

influence. A table outlining the consolidated group

entities within our organisational boundaries is included

in Table 1.

As a new entity in 2024, Delica NZ Export Limited has

been added to our organisational boundary. Several

entities have been removed, including Allen Blair

Properties Limited, Fairgrow Limited, Fruit Distributors

Limited, Kerifresh Growers Trust 2018, and T&G

Kiwifruit Limited. To align with our financial accounting

treatment, Wawata General Partner has been

reclassified to an associated/affiliated company and

their GHG emissions will be reported under investments

once T&G begins to report on scope 3 GHG emissions.

No entities have been excluded in 2024.

There are no exclusions of sources, including facilities,

operations, assets or entities from reporting for 2024.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

38T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

38

COMPANIESCOUNTRYLEGAL STRUCTURE

& PARTNERS

ECONOMIC INTEREST

HELD BY T&G GLOBAL

FINANCIAL CONTROLEMISSIONS

INCLUDED WITHIN

INVENTORY?

COMMENT

David Oppenheimer &

Company I, L.L.C

United StatesAssociated/affiliated company39%NoNoSubsidiary of Grandview Brokerage.

Excluded from inventory under the

financial control approach

David Oppenheimer

Transport Inc.

United StatesAssociated/affiliated company6%NoNoSubsidiary of Grandview Brokerage.

Excluded from inventory under the

financial control approach

Delica (Shanghai) Fruit

Trading Company Ltd

ChinaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

Delica Australia Pty LimitedAustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

Delica LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

ENZAFRUIT New Zealand

International Limited

Delica North America IncUnited StatesGroup companies/subsidiaries50%Ye sYe s

ENZAFRUIT New Zealand

(Continent) NV

BelgiumGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

ENZAFRUIT New Zealand

International Limited

New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

ENZAFRUIT PeruPeruGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

ENZAFRUIT Products IncUnited StatesGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions

ENZASunrising (Holdings)

Limited

ChinaGroup companies/subsidiaries67%Ye sn /aInactive. Non-trading company to

be dissolved

Freshmax NZ LtdNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aEmissions managed and captured

through Turners & Growers Fresh

Limited

Fruitmark Pty LimitedAustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through Delica

Australia Pty Limited

Grandview Brokerage LLCUnited StatesAssociated/affiliated company39%NoNoExcluded from inventory under the

financial control approach

T&G Apples LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

ENZAFRUIT New Zealand

International Limited

T&G Berries Australia Pty LtdAustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries85%Ye sYe s

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

Table 1: Organisational boundaries and exclusions

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

39T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

39

COMPANIESCOUNTRYLEGAL STRUCTURE

& PARTNERS

ECONOMIC INTEREST

HELD BY T&G GLOBAL

FINANCIAL CONTROLEMISSIONS

INCLUDED WITHIN

INVENTORY?

COMMENT

T&G CarSol Asia PTE. Ltd.SingaporeGroup companies/subsidiaries50%Ye sn /aT&G CarSol Asia PTE. Ltd. was

amalgamated into T&G Fresh

Produce PTE. Ltd. on 10 December

2024

T&G Chile SpAChileGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

T&G Europe SASFranceGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions

T&G Fresh Produce PTE. Ltd.SingaporeGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

T&G Fruitmark HK LimitedChinaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aInactive

T&G Global LimitedNew ZealandParent company100%Ye sYe sParent company

T&G Global Vietnam

Company Limited

VietnamGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions

T&G Insurance LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

Turners & Growers New Zealand

Limited

T&G Japan LimitedJapanGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions

Delica NZ Export LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aNew entity 2024. Company is

managed and emissions captured

through Turners and Growers Fresh

Limited

T&G Orchard Services

Limited

New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

ENZAFRUIT New Zealand

International Limited

T&G Processed Foods

Limited

New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aInactive

T&G South East Asia LtdThailandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

T&G Vizzarri Farms Pty LtdAustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries50%Ye sYe sSmall entity – estimated emissions

Taipa Water Supply LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries65%Ye sYe sWater rights entity. Only electricity

emissions from the pump-shed

Turners & Growers (Fiji)

Limited

FijiGroup companies/subsidiaries70%Ye sYe s

Turners & Growers Fresh

Limited

New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

Table 1: Organisational boundaries and exclusions continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

40T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

40

COMPANIESCOUNTRYLEGAL STRUCTURE

& PARTNERS

ECONOMIC INTEREST

HELD BY T&G GLOBAL

FINANCIAL CONTROLEMISSIONS

INCLUDED WITHIN

INVENTORY?

COMMENT

Turners & Growers New

Zealand Limited

New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

Unearthed Produce LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries51%Ye sYe s

Venturefruit Australia PTY

Limited

AustraliaGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

Turners & Growers New Zealand

Limited

Venturefruit Global LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sYe s

Venturefruit International

Limited

New ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

Turners & Growers New Zealand

Limited

Venturefruit NZ LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

Turners & Growers New Zealand

Limited

Venturefruit SA LimitedNew ZealandGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

Turners & Growers New Zealand

Limited

Venturefruit USA Inc.United StatesGroup companies/subsidiaries100%Ye sn /aCompany is managed and

emissions captured through

Turners & Growers New Zealand

Limited

Wawata General PartnerNew ZealandAssociated/affiliated company50%NoNoExcluded from inventory under the

financial control approach

Worldwide Fruit LimitedGreat BritainGroup companies/subsidiaries50%Ye sYe s

Note: T&G reviews its organisational boundaries and exclusions annually.

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

Table 1: Organisational boundaries and exclusions continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

41T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

41

Operational boundaries

Scope 1 – Direct emissions (non-FLAG)

Scope 1 includes emissions from sources that are

owned or controlled by T&G (non-FLAG). This includes

fuel combusted in vehicles owned or leased by T&G,

stationary combustion of fuel for heating, and any

fugitive emissions of refrigerants.

Exclusions are any emissions from the use of backup

diesel generators in Aotearoa New Zealand, and

refrigerant leaks from T&G’s heavy truck fleet. These

categories have been excluded due to difficulties in

obtaining reliable data for the reporting period and are

estimated to make up < 1% of T&G’s scope 1 inventory.

Scope 1 – Direct emissions (FLAG)

As a business with significant emissions in the land

sector, T&G reports emissions from Forest, Land and

Agriculture (FLAG) separately, in accordance with the

Science-based Targets initiative (SBTi) guidance.

In 2024, T&G has restated its base year and subsequent

years (2021-2023) to include scope 1 FLAG emissions

from the application of fertiliser. In scope 1 FLAG, T&G

reports the emissions from fertiliser applied in its own

growing facilities.

Scope 2 – Indirect emissions from procured

electricity and heat

Scope 2 includes indirect emissions from the

generation of electricity and heat purchased by T&G.

In 2024, heat generated by Ecogas and utilised by our

Reporoa glasshouses, has been added to our scope 2

inventory as a new emissions source.

Excluded is electricity from sites where the electricity

is included within rent payments, which is estimated to

make up < 1% of T&G’s scope 2 inventory.

Scope 2 – Renewable Energy Certificates

Since 2020, T&G has purchased Renewable Energy

Certificates (RECs) for its procured electricity. For

Aotearoa New Zealand sites, RECs are purchased from

Meridian Energy under its certified renewable electricity

scheme. T&G’s United Kingdom subsidiary, Worldwide

Fruit Limited, sources Renewable Energy Guarantees of

Origin (REGOs) from Inspired PLC. For our remaining

international entities, and any Aotearoa New Zealand

electricity usage not supplied by Meridian Energy,

T&G purchases RECs through a broker agency.

This approach results in T&G reporting zero electricity

emissions from its scope 2 activities, applying a market-

based approach.

Outside of scope – biogenic emissions

In accordance with the GHG Protocol, biogenic

CO

2

emissions that occur in the value chain are not

included in the scopes but should be included and

reported separately.

In 2024, T&G reported biogenic CO

2

emissions as we

combusted biomethane in our glasshouses for the first

time. Further information can be found in Table 5 and

the related notes.

Base year and reporting period

T&G’s base year is 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2021

and this is the base year used for our SBTs.

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

Base year restatement approach

T&G’s base year emissions will be restated when

material changes occur if there is a change of 5%

or more in total reported scope 1 and 2 emissions,

or when there are significant changes to our

boundaries (both organisational and operational).

Our significance threshold for restatement aligns with

SBT requirements. Prior to 2023, T&G’s significance

threshold for restatement was 10%.

In 2024, T&G is restating its base year of 2021, and

subsequent years to 2024, to include previously

omitted fertiliser emissions within scope 1.

While the addition of fertiliser emissions did not

trigger our 5% threshold, it is a significant change to

our operational boundary and aligns our reporting with

our SBTs.

Methodology and emissions sources

Tonnes of CO

2

equivalent (tCO

2

e) is the metric used

to track GHG emissions. Currently, there are no other

industry-based metrics relevant for T&G’s industry

context, but we continue to engage with relevant

industry bodies and monitor peers should one emerge.

GHG data is collated, with emissions calculated and

tracked throughout the reporting period, by T&G’s

sustainability and finance teams. Data sources include

information from suppliers and internal records,

as well as using accepted best practice estimation

methodologies as detailed in Table 3. Emissions

calculations are completed within T&G’s carbon

management software, BraveGen.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

42T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

42

Where an international entity consists of only office

locations and electricity consumption is not readily

available, the electricity consumption is estimated

at a rate of 1,480kWh per annum, per full-time

equivalent employee (FTE). This is a change in

methodology from 2023, where previously T&G had

excluded entities with headcounts of less than 10

employees from the GHG inventory.

Global warming potential

The International Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC)

fifth assessment report (AR5) provides global warming

potentials (GWP).

Emission factors

Emission factors are sourced based on geographic

regions, as detailed in Table 2.

Regional emission factors were not located for

the following countries: Belgium, Chile, China, Fiji,

France, Japan, Peru, Thailand and Viet Nam. In lieu, a

combination of the United Kingdom’s Department for

Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) and the

German Association of the Automotive Industry (VDA)

emission factors were used for entities with operations

in these geographical locations.

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

43T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

43

COUNTRYSOURCESCOPES AND APPLICATION OF FACTORS

Aotearoa New Zealand

New Zealand’s Ministry for the Environment (MfE) Manatū Mō Te Taiao

https://environment.govt.nz/publications/measuring-emissions-a-guide-for-organisations-2024-detailed-guide/

Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting for Aotearoa

New Zealand-based entities

Australia

Australia’s Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW)

https://www.dcceew.gov.au/climate-change/publications/national-greenhouse-accounts-factors-2024

Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting for Australian-

based entities

Germany

German Association of the Automotive Industry (VDA)

https://www.vda.de/en/news/publications/publication/emission-factors-for-electricity--district-heating--and-fuels-2024

Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting fuel emissions

for European entities, and electricity for countries that do not publish

their own emissions factor

Singapore

Singapore’s Energy Market Authority (EMA)

https://www.ema.gov.sg/resources/singapore-energy-statistics/chapter2

Scope 2 emissions factor used to report electricity emissions for

Singaporean entities

United Kingdom

United Kingdom’s Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA)

https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/greenhouse-gas-reporting-conversion-factors-2024

Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting for United

Kingdom entities and international entities based in countries that do

not publish emissions factors

United States of

America

The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

https://www.epa.gov/climateleadership/ghg-emission-factors-hub

Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors used for reporting for entities in the

United States

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

Table 2: Emission factor sources

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

44T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

44

SCOPECATEGORYGHG EMISSIONS SOURCEDATA SOURCEMETHODS

Scope 1

BiomethaneConsumed in a T&G glasshouse to replace natural gasSupplierMonthly statement/report from a single supplier.

DieselTrucks, passenger cars, forklifts, tractors, farm

equipment and a boiler

Supplier,

international sites

Aotearoa New Zealand data is obtained from monthly fuel card records, invoices, statements and reports.

International data is obtained from fuel card records, invoices and fuel tank meter readings.

FertiliserNitrogen (N)- containing fertiliser and limestone applied

to crops at T&G growing sites

Supplier, internal

reports

Data is obtained from various growing management software and/or from supplier invoices with N% and

fertiliser type being advised by suppliers.

Where records were difficult to obtain (3.2% of fertiliser emissions), emissions were estimated by

applying the fertiliser emissions per hectare of a sample orchard across the other orchards.

Heating oilUsed for heating in glasshouses and officesSupplier,

international sites

Aotearoa New Zealand data is obtained from supplier invoices from a single supplier.

Data for the Belgium office is obtained from meter readings and supplied in a report.

LPGForklifts, glasshouse, and heating and cooking in RSE

accommodation

SupplierMonthly statement/report from a single supplier.

Natural gasGlasshouses and office buildingsSupplier,

international sites

Aotearoa New Zealand data is a monthly statement/report from the supplier.

United Kingdom data is from monthly supplier invoices.

PetrolPassenger cars, trucks and farm/orchard equipment Supplier,

international sites

Aotearoa New Zealand data is obtained from monthly fuel card records, invoices, statements and reports.

International data is obtained from fuel card records or invoices. Where volume data has not been

recorded, emissions are either calculated using mileage data, or volume is estimated from purchasing

records and the local average fuel price (11.1% of petrol emissions).

PropaneConsumed in T&G glasshouses

(interchangeable with LPG)

SupplierMonthly statement/report from a single supplier.

Refrigerant

leakage

Refrigerant leakage for chillers and coolstores and in

owned and leased buildings

Supplier,

international sites

Data is obtained from suppliers and verified through invoices/job sheets.

Scope 2

Electricity Purchased electricity consumed at owned or leased sitesSupplier,

international sites

For location-based method, most Aotearoa New Zealand data is obtained from a monthly statement/

report from our key supplier. Where an alternative supplier is used at a site, data has been obtained from

monthly invoices.

International entities either obtain actual data from invoices, or where applicable, estimate the kWh

consumed, estimated at a rate of 1,480kWh per FTE (0.6% of electricity emissions).

For information on RECs supplied under the market-based method, see section Scope 2 - Renewable

Energy Certificates.

HeatPurchased heat consumed by T&G glasshousesSupplierData is obtained from monthly invoices.

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

Table 3: Summary of scope 1 and 2 emissions source inclusions

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

45T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

45

EMISSIONS CATEGORY2021 tCO

2

e 2022 tCO

2

e 2023 tCO

2

e2024 tCO

2

e % CHANGE

2024 vs 2021

% CHANGE IN

LAST YEAR

Total scope 133,063.1627,931.1728,363.1227,705.16-16%-2%

Scope 1 (non-FLAG)32,520.7427,502.4527,905.2527,221.83-16%-2%

Biomethane–––0.37100%100%

Diesel12,878.4212,052.5811,385.7011,141.18-13%-2%

Heating oil3,462.532,896.942,896.843,208.16-7%11%

LPG328.57385.07536.46524.6760%-2%

Natural gas12,165.5011,000.5610,573.799,917.05-18%-6%

Petrol7 17.9 9649.36658.97656.88-9%0%

Propane––5.4012.18100%126%

Refrigerant leakage2,967.73517.941,848.091,761.34-41%-5%

Scope 1 (FLAG)

1

542.42428.72457.87483.33-11%6%

Fertiliser542.42428.72457.87483.33-11%6%

Total scope 2 (market-based)

2

––––0%0%

Total scope 2 (location-based)

2

6,032.706,748.704,182.493,931.30-35%-6%

Electricity consumption (location-based)


6,032.706,748.704,182.493,931.30-35%-6%

Electricity consumption (market-based)––––0%0%

Purchased heat

3

–––0.00

3

100%100%

Total scope 1 and 2 (market-based)

2

33,063.1627,931.1728,363.1227,705.16-16%-2%

Total scope 1 (non-FLAG) and scope 2 (market-based)

2

32,520.7427,502.4527,905.2527,221.83-16%-2%

Total scope 1 (non-FLAG, FLAG), and scope 2

(location-based)

2

39,095.8634,679.8732,545.6131,636.46-19%-3%

Note: Figures stated in table may not add up due to rounding of decimals. All figures are tCO

2

e.

1 FLAG stands for Forestry, Land and Agriculture-related emissions and in scope 1 reflects T&G’s own growing-related emissions.

2 As per the GHG Protocol, the location-based method reflects the average emissions intensity of grids on which energy consumption occurs, whereas the market-based method reflects emissions from electricity that companies have chosen.

See scope 2 – Renewable Energy Certificates for information on T&G’s approach.

3 Emissions from purchased heat below 0.00 tCO

2

e in 2024.

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

Table 4: T&G’s scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 2021–2024

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

46T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

46

EMISSIONS CATEGORY2021 tCO

2

e 2022 tCO

2

e 2023 tCO

2

e2024 tCO

2

e % CHANGE

2024 vs 2021

% CHANGE

IN LAST YEAR

Direct biogenic CO

2

emissions from owned/controlled

operations

– – – 195.17 100%100%

Total biogenic CO

2

emissions– ––195.17 100%100%

Note: As per the GHG Protocol, biogenic CO

2

emissions that occur in the value chain shall not be included in the scopes but shall be included in the GHG inventory and reported separately. T&G’s glasshouses require the

generation of heat and CO

2

for the growing of crops (primarily tomatoes). This has historically been provided by the on-site combustion of natural gas, which has been reported in T&G’s scope 1 inventory. In 2024, T&G began to

receive co-generated heat and biomethane in its Reporoa glasshouses from Ecogas via the process of anaerobic digestion. In 2025, T&G will also receive biogenic CO

2

from Ecogas.

Note: Perfluorocarbons (PFCs), nitrogen trifluoride (NF

3

) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF

6

) are not used in T&G’s operations.

1 Emissions from purchased heat were below 0.00 tCO

2

e in 2024. There are no hydrofluorocarbons associated with this emissions source.

EMISSIONS CATEGORYCARBON DIOXIDE

CO

2

METHANE

CH

4

NITROUS OXIDE

N

2

O

HYDROFLUOROCARBONS

HFCs

OTHER

GHGS

TOTAL

GHGS

Total scope 125,276.6557.68585.61–1,785.2227,705.16

Scope 1 (non-FLAG)25,220.4557.68173.79–1,769.9127,221.83

Biomethane––––0.370.37

Diesel10,968.7815.70148.59–8 .1 111,141.18

Heating oil3,190.0111.586.57––3,208.16

LPG523.281 .170.22––524.67

Natural gas9,889.6123.074.37––9,917.05

Petrol636.616 .1 514.03–0.09656.88

Propane12.160.010.01––12.18

Refrigerant leakage––––1,761.341,761.34

Scope 1 (FLAG)56.20–411.82–15.31483.33

Fertiliser56.20–411.82–15.31483.33

Total scope 2 (market-based)––––––

Total scope 2 (location-based) 3,036.48 83.78 7.46 – 803.58 3,931.30

Electricity consumption (location-based)3,036.4883.787.4 6–803.583,931.30

Electricity consumption (market-based)––––––

Purchased heat

1

0.000.000.00––0.00

Total scope 1 and 2 (market-based)25,276.6557.68585.61–1,785.2227,705.16

Total scope 1 (non-FLAG) and scope 2 (market-based)25,220.4557.68173.79–1,769.9127,221.83

Total scope 1 (non-FLAG, FLAG), and scope 2

(location-based)

28,313.13141.46593.07–2,588.8031,636.46

Table 6: T&G’s 2024 emissions by GHG (expressed in tCO

2

e)

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

Table 5: T&G’s 2024 biogenic emissions summary

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

47T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

47

Offsets

T&G’s priority is to directly reduce its GHG emissions

from within its value chain before considering the

potential use of third-party offsets. No offsets have

been used by T&G in this reporting period.

GHG intensity metric

T&G does not use a GHG intensity metric to manage

GHGs throughout its business.

Assurance of GHG inventory

Deloitte Limited, a third-party independent assurance

provider, has provided limited assurance on the GHG

inventory (see Appendix 2).

Prepared by: Chris Tobias, Sustainability Manager;

Lidy van Deursen, Sustainability Data Analyst

Reviewed by: Adrienne Sharp, Head of Corporate

Affairs

Approved by:

This GHG inventory is dated 3 March 2025

and signed on behalf of the Board by:

Appendix 1: T&G Global 2024 GHG inventory continued

GARETH EDGECOMBE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

CAROL CAMPBELL

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR,

CHAIR OF THE FINANCE, RISK AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

48T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

48

Appendix 2:

Independent Limited Assurance Report on

Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures

and the GHG Inventory Report included within

the Climate-related Disclosure

To the Shareholders of T&G Global Limited

Limited assurance conclusion

Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained,

nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that:

■ the gross GHG emissions, additional required disclosures of gross GHG

emissions, and gross GHG emissions methods, assumptions and estimation

uncertainty, within the scope of our engagement (as outlined below), included in

the Climate-related Disclosure of T&G Global Limited (the ‘Company’) and its

subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2024 (the ‘Selected

GHG Disclosures’), are not fairly presented and not prepared, in all material

respects, in accordance with

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (‘NZ

CSs’) issued by the External Reporting Board (‘XRB’); and

■ the Greenhouse Gas Inventory Report included as Appendix 1 to the Climate-

related Disclosure for the year ended 31 December 2024 (the ‘GHG Inventory

Report’), is not prepared in all material respects, in accordance with the

requirements of the

Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and

Reporting Standard (Revised Edition, 2015)

Scope of assurance engagement

We have undertaken a limited assurance engagement over the following Selected

GHG disclosures prepared in accordance with NZ CSs, that is required to be the

subject of an assurance engagement per section 461ZH of the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013 (‘FMCA’).

SUBJECT MATTER: SELECTED GHG DISCLOSURESREFERENCE

GHG emissions: gross emission in the metric tonnes of

CO

2

e classified as:

■ Scope 1

■ Scope 2 (calculated using the location-based method)

Page 45

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

49T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

49

Appendix 2: Independent Limited Assurance Report on Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures

and the GHG Inventory Report included within Climate-related Disclosure continued

SUBJECT MATTER: SELECTED GHG DISCLOSURESREFERENCE

Additional requirements for the disclosure of gross GHG

emissions per paragraph 24 of Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standard 1:

Climate-related Disclosures (‘NZ CS

1’), being:

■ The statement describing the GHG emissions have been

measured in accordance with the GHG Protocol;

■ The disclosure that the GHG emissions consolidation

approach used is financial control;

■ Sources of emission factors and the global warming

potential (‘GWP’) rates used or a reference to the GWP

source; and

■ The summary of specific exclusions of sources, including

facilities, operations or assets with a justification for

their exclusion.

Pages 37 to 43

Disclosures relating to GHG emissions methods

assumptions and estimation uncertainty per

paragraphs 52 to 54 of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate

Standard 3:

General Requirements for Climate related

Disclosures

(‘NZ CS 3’):

■ Description of the methods and assumptions used to

calculate or estimate GHG emissions, and the limitations

of those methods.

■ Description of uncertainties relevant to the Group’s

quantification of its GHG emissions, including the effects

of these uncertainties on the GHG emissions disclosures.

■ Explanation for base year GHG emissions restatements,

where applicable.

Pages 41 and 44

In addition, we have undertaken a limited assurance engagement in relation to the

GHG Inventory Report of the Group, comprising the emissions inventory and the

explanatory notes set out in Appendix 1 on pages 37 to 47 of the Climate-related

Disclosure for the year ended 31 December 2024. The GHG Inventory Report is

based on historical information and provides further disclosures about the Scope

1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions of the Group for the year ended 31 December

2024 to meet the requirements of the GHG protocol, in addition to the minimum

disclosure requirements of NZ CSs.

Our limited assurance engagement does not extend to any other information

included, or referred to, in the Climate-related Disclosure. We have not performed

any procedures with respect to the excluded information and, therefore, no

conclusion is expressed on it.

Other matter – comparative information

The comparative GHG disclosures have not been the subject of an assurance

engagement undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard on

Assurance Engagements 1:

Assurance Engagements over Greenhouse Gas

Emissions Disclosures

(‘NZ SAE 1’). These disclosures are not covered by our

assurance conclusion.

Director’s responsibilities

Directors are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the Selected

GHG disclosures in accordance with NZ CSs, which includes determining and

disclosing the appropriate standard or standards used to measure its GHG

emissions. In addition, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the

GHG Inventory Report included as Appendix 1 to the Climate-related Disclosure

in accordance with the GHG protocol. This responsibility includes the design,

implementation and maintenance of internal controls relevant to the preparation

of the Selected GHG disclosures and GHG Inventory Report that are free from

material misstatement whether due to fraud or error.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

50T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

50

Appendix 2: Independent Limited Assurance Report on Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures

and the GHG Inventory Report included within Climate-related Disclosure continued

Inherent uncertainty

Non-financial information, such as that included in the Group’s Climate-

related Disclosure, is subject to more inherent limitations than financial

information, given both its nature and the methods used and assumptions

applied in determining, calculating and sampling or estimating such information.

Specifically, as discussed on page 37 of the Climate-related Disclosure, GHG

quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific

knowledge used to determine emissions factors and the values needed to

combine emissions of different gases.

As the procedures performed for this engagement are not performed

continuously throughout the relevant period and the procedures performed in

respect of the Group’s compliance with NZ CSs and/or the GHG Protocol are

undertaken on a test basis, our limited assurance engagement cannot be relied

on to detect all instances where the Group may not have complied with the

NZ CSs or the GHG Protocol. Because of these inherent limitations, it is possible

that fraud, error or non-compliance may occur and not be detected.

In addition, we note that a limited assurance engagement is not designed to

detect all instances of non-compliance with the NZ CSs or the GHG Protocol,

as it generally comprises making enquires, primarily of the responsible party,

and applying analytical and other review procedures.

Our responsibilities

Our responsibility is to express an independent limited assurance conclusion

on the Selected GHG Disclosures and GHG Inventory Report, based on the

procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained.

We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance with

New Zealand Standard on Assurance Engagements 1:

Assurance Engagements

over Greenhouse Gas Emissions Disclosures

(‘NZ SAE 1’) and the International

Standard on Assurance Engagements (New Zealand) 3410:

Assurance

Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements

issued by the XRB (‘ISAE (NZ)

3410’). These standards require that we plan and perform this engagement

to obtain limited assurance about whether the Selected GHG Disclosures and

GHG Inventory Report are free from material misstatement.

Our independence and quality management

We have complied with the independence and other ethical requirements of

NZ SAE 1, which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity,

professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.

We have also complied with the following professional and ethical standards:

■ Professional and Ethical Standard 1:

International Code of Ethics for Assurance

Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand)

;

■ Professional and Ethical Standard 3:

Quality Management for Firms that Perform

Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance or Related

Services Engagements

which requires us to design, implement and operate

a system of quality management including policies and procedures regarding

compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable

legal and regulatory requirements; and

■ Professional and Ethical Standard 4:

Engagement Quality Reviews.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

51T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

51

Appendix 2: Independent Limited Assurance Report on Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures

and the GHG Inventory Report included within Climate-related Disclosure continued

Our firm is the statutory auditor of the financial statements and also carries

out other assignments for the Group in the area of corporate tax advisory

services. These services have not impaired our independence as assurance

practitioner of the Group. In addition to this, partners and employees of our

firm deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading

activities of the business of the Group. Our firm has no other relationship with,

or interest in the Group.

As we are engaged to form an independent conclusion on the Selected GHG

Disclosures and GHG Inventory Report prepared by the Group, we are not

permitted to be involved in the preparation of the GHG information as doing

so may compromise our independence.

Summary of work performed

Our limited assurance engagement was performed in accordance with NZ SAE 1

and ISAE (NZ) 3410. This involves assessing the suitability in the circumstances of

Group’s use of NZ CSs and the GHG Protocol as the basis for the preparation of the

Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG Inventory Report respectively, assessing

the risks of material misstatement of the Selected GHG Disclosures and GHG

Inventory Report whether due to fraud or error, responding to the assessed risks

as necessary in the circumstances, and evaluating the overall presentation of the

Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG Inventory Report.

A limited assurance engagement is substantially less in scope than a reasonable

assurance engagement in relation to both the risk assessment procedures,

including an understanding of internal control, and the procedures performed in

response to the assessed risks.

The procedures we performed were based on our professional judgement and

included enquiries, observation of processes performed, inspection of documents,

analytical procedures, evaluating the appropriateness of quantification methods

and reporting policies, and agreeing or reconciling with underlying records. In

undertaking our limited assurance engagement on the Selected GHG Disclosures

and the GHG Inventory Report, we:

■ Obtained, through inquiries, an understanding of the Group’s control

environment, processes and information systems relevant to the preparation

of the Selected GHG disclosures and GHG Inventory Report. We did not

evaluate the design of particular control activities, or obtain evidence about

their implementation.

■ Evaluated whether the Group’s methods for developing estimates are

appropriate and had been consistently applied. Our procedures did not include

testing the data on which the estimates are based or separately developing our

own estimates against which to evaluate the Group’s estimates.

■ Undertook site visits, as deemed necessary, to assess the completeness of

the emissions sources, data collection methods, source data and relevant

assumptions applicable to the sites.

■ Performed analytical procedures on particular emission categories by comparing

the expected GHGs emitted to actual GHGs emitted and made inquiries of

management to obtain explanations for any significant differences we identified.

■ Considered the presentation and disclosure of the Selected GHG disclosures and

the GHG Inventory Report.

The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and

timing from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement.

Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement

is substantially lower than the assurance that would have been obtained had we

performed a reasonable assurance engagement. Accordingly, we do not express

a reasonable assurance opinion about whether Selected GHG Disclosures and the

GHG Inventory Report are fairly presented and prepared, in all material respects,

in accordance with NZ CSs or the GHG Protocol respectively.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

52T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

52

Appendix 2: Independent Limited Assurance Report on Selected Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) Disclosures

and the GHG Inventory Report included within Climate-related Disclosure continued

Use of our Report

Our limited assurance report (‘our Report’) is intended for users who have

a reasonable knowledge of GHG related activities, and who have studied the

GHG related information in the Climate-related Disclosure with reasonable

diligence and understand that the Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG

Inventory Report are prepared and assured to appropriate levels of materiality.

Our assurance report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body.

Our assurance engagement has been undertaken so that we might state to the

Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an

assurance report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law,

we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company’s

shareholders as a body, for our work, for this report, or for the conclusions we

have formed.

Andrew Boivin, Partner

for Deloitte Limited

Auckland, New Zealand

3 March 2025

This limited assurance report relates to the Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG Inventory Report

included within the Group’s Climate-related Disclosure for the year ended 31 December 2024 included

on the Group’s website. The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Group’s

website. We have not been engaged to report on the integrity of the Group’s website. We accept no

responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG

Inventory Report included within the Climate-related Disclosure since they were initially presented on

the website.

The limited assurance report refers only to the Selected GHG Disclosures and the GHG Inventory Report

included within the Climate-related Disclosure named above. It does not provide an opinion on any other

information which may have been hyperlinked to/from these disclosures. If readers of this report are

concerned with the inherent risks arising from electronic data communication, they should refer to the

published hard copy of the Climate-related Disclosure that include the Selected GHG Disclosures and the

GHG Inventory Report and related limited assurance report dated 3 March 2025 to confirm the information

presented on this website.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

53T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

53

Appendix 3:

Risk escalation process

Appendix 4:

Risk Matrix

SHORT-

TERM

RESIDUAL

RISK

RATING

ESCALATIONREPORTING AND

MONITORING

■ Escalation to the Board with an immediate action

plan required

■ Chief Executive Officer manages risk, with

consideration to be given to include independent

advice to provide assurance that the steps taken

are necessary and sufficient

■ Direct monitoring by the

Board

■ Monthly reports to the Board

■ Escalation to the relevant Committee (FRIC or SC)

■ Chief Executive Officer manages risk with an

action plan required, and additional controls

to be implemented

■ Reporting to the relevant

Committee at each meeting

■ Reporting to the Board twice

a year

■ Risk acceptable within existing control environment

■ Risk is managed by management, and reviewed

annually

■ Annual risk register review

by the Executive team

■ Risk acceptable within existing control environment

■ Risk is managed by management, and reviewed

annually

■ Annual risk register review

by the Executive team

LIKELIHOODCONSEQUENCE

InsignificantMinorModerateMajorCatastrophic

Almost

certain

Likely

Possible

Unlikely

Rare

Extreme riskLow riskMedium riskHigh riskKEY

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

54T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

54

Appendix 5:

Glossary

TERMDEFINITION

Anaerobic digestionThe process of microorganisms breaking down organic matter, in the absence of oxygen, to manage organic waste and produce biofuels.

AotearoaNew Zealand’s Māori name.

Biogenic CO

2

Biogenic CO₂ is the CO₂ released from organic matter, as opposed to from fossil fuels. It is reported separately from fossil CO₂ in GHG accounting.

BiomethaneBiomethane is a type of biofuel. It is refined from biogas, which is the gas created during the anaerobic digestion process.

Carbon footprintThe amount of GHG emissions associated with an entity, including both direct emissions (scope 1), and indirect emissions (scopes 2 and 3).

Category 3.1 purchased goods and

services

Indirect greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions associated with the production of goods and services that T&G buys or acquires.

Category 3.4 upstream transport and

distribution

The emissions associated with the movement and delivery of goods bought by T&G between our primary suppliers and our own operations using transportation and facilities

not owned or managed by T&G. We also include in this category logistics upstream of our customer (e.g. third-party logistics providers that T&G pays for, which deliver produce

to our customer ahead of them making further logistical arrangements to their own geographic markets, cool stores, retail locations etc.).

FLAGFLAG is the acronym used by the SBTi for Forestry, Land and Agriculture-related emissions.

FluvialRelates to, or occurs in a river or stream.

Greenhouse gas (GHG)

These are gases in the atmosphere that trap heat and contribute to warming the planet. The Kyoto Protocol lists the main GHGs as: carbon dioxide (CO₂), methane (CH₄),

nitrous oxide (N₂O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), sulphur hexafluoride (SF₆) and nitrogen trifluoride (NF₃).

GHG Protocol

The publisher of the most widely used GHG accounting standards, including The Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (2004),

which T&G uses to report scope 1 and 2 emissions.

Global Warming Potential (GWP)

The value assigned to GHGs to indicate how much global warming they create when released in the atmosphere, relative to CO₂, over a 100-year term. GWP values allow

simplified reporting of GHGs in CO₂ equivalent (CO₂e).

IPCCThe Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is the United Nations body responsible for advancing scientific knowledge about climate change.

Kaitiakitanga Māori word that means guardianship, stewardship, trustee. It is also the concept T&G uses for the name of our sustainability framework.

Location-based

Used in the accounting of emissions from purchased electricity (scope 2), the location-based method reflects the average emissions intensity of grids on which energy

consumption occurs.

T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024
StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

55T&G Global Climate-related Disclosure – For the year ended 31 December 2024

StrategyGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendicesIntroduction

55

TERMDEFINITION

Market-based

Used in the accounting of emissions from purchased electricity (scope 2), the market-based method reflects emissions from electricity that companies have chosen, using

market-based mechanisms (e.g. RECs).

MWhMegawatt hour is a unit of measurement representing the amount of energy generated or consumed over a one-hour period.

Physical riskRisks related to the physical impacts of climate change.

PluvialRelates to, or due to the action of rain.

RCPAdopted by the IPCC, Representation Concentration Pathways (RCP) are models which illustrate future possible GHG emission scenarios/trajectories.

Scenario analysisA process for systematically exploring the effects of a range of plausible future events.

Science-based Target (SBT)

Emissions reduction targets are considered ‘science-based’ if they are in line with what the latest climate science deems necessary to meet the goals of the Paris Agreement –

limiting global warming to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.

Science-based Target initiative (SBTi)A corporate climate action organisation that enables companies and financial institutions worldwide to play their part in combating the climate crisis.

Scope 1 emissionsDirect emissions that are owned or controlled by a company.

Scope 2 emissionsIndirect emissions from purchased heat and electricity.

Scope 3 emissionsOther indirect emissions not covered in scope 2 that occur in the value chain of the reporting entity (they are not owned or controlled by the reporting entity).

SSP

Adopted by the IPCC, Shared Socio-economic Pathways (SSPs) are projections which describe alternative futures of socio-economic development in the absence of climate

policy intervention. They include a wide range of drivers, including gross domestic product, population size, urbanisation and human and technological development. There are

five SSPs. When SSP and RCP-based climate projections are combined, it provides a useful integrated picture of potential climate impact.

tCO

2

eStands for tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. It is a simplified unit to measure that allows reporting of all GHGs as a single number.

Transition riskRisks related to the transition to a lower-carbon economy.

Tangata whenuaDescribes Māori people of a particular area, people born of the whenua (land).

Value chain

Refers to the full lifecycle of a product or process, including material sourcing, production, consumption and disposal/recycling processes. In T&G’s context, this includes

intellectual property, growing, quality, post-harvest, sales and operations planning, shipping, and sales and marketing.

Appendix 5: Glossary continued

Building 1, Level 1,
Central Park

660 Great South Road,

Ellerslie Auckland 1051,

Aotearoa New Zealand

+64 9 573 8700

info@tandg.global

tandg.global

---

Template
Results announcement

(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)

Updated as at 17 October 2019



Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer T&G Global Limited and subsidiary companies

Reporting Period 12 months to 31 December 2024

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 31 December 2023

Currency New Zealand Dollar

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$1,360,891 2%

Total Revenue $1,360,891 2%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

($16,034) 69%

Total net profit/(loss) ($16,034) 69%

Interim/Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

No final dividend proposed

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

Not applicable

Record Date Not applicable

Dividend Payment Date Not applicable

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security

$3.36 $3.61

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood

Please refer to the financial commentary and audited financial

statements attached as part of this announcement.

Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Doug Bygrave

Contact person for this

announcement

Doug Bygrave

Contact phone number +64 9 573 8899

Contact email address Doug.Bygrave@tandg.global

Date of release through MAP


3 March 2025


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.